As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 1998
    

                                                   Registration No. 333-59751
===========================================================================
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, DC 20549
                    -----------------------------------
   
                            AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
    
                                
                                  FORM S-1
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                    -----------------------------------

                             theglobe.com, inc.
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

       Delaware                       7310                      14-1781422
   (State or other        (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer
   jurisdiction of         Classification Code Number)        Identification
   incorporation or  -----------------------------------         Number)
    organization)
                            31 West 21st Street
                          New York, New York 10010
                               (212) 886-0800
                     (Address, including zip code, and
                      telephone number, including area
                      code, of registrant's principal
                             executive offices)
                    -----------------------------------
                             Todd V. Krizelman
                            Stephan J. Paternot
                             theglobe.com, inc.
                            31 West 21st Street
                          New York, New York 10010
                               (212) 886-0800
         (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
               including area code, of co-agents for service)
                    -----------------------------------
                                 Copies to:
        Valerie Ford Jacob, Esq.                Allen L. Weingarten, Esq.
         Stuart H. Gelfond, Esq.                 Morrison & Foerster LLP
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson       1290 Avenue of the Americas
           One New York Plaza                   New York, New York 10104
        New York, New York 10004                     (212) 468-8000
             (212) 859-8000
                    -----------------------------------
     Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon
as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
     If any of the  securities  being  registered  on this  Form  are to be
offered on a delayed or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. |_|
     If  this  Form is  filed  to  register  additional  securities  for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration  statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|
     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c)  under the  Securities  Act,  check the  following  box and list the
Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_|
     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d)  under the  Securities  Act,  check the  following  box and list the
Securities Act registration  statement number of the registration statement
for the same offering. |_| .
     If delivery of the  Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. |_|
                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===========================================================================
Title of Each Class of         Proposed Maximum
       Securities                  Aggregate                  Amount of
    to be Registered           Offering Price(1)          Registration Fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock, $.001 par            $50,000,000                 $14,750
value (2)
===========================================================================
(1)  Estimated   pursuant  to  Rule  457(o)   solely  for  the  purpose  of
     calculating the registration fee.
(2)  The Common Stock offered  hereby  includes  Preferred  Stock  Purchase
     Rights (the  "Rights").  The Rights will be associated  and trade with
     the Common Stock.  The value,  if any, of the Rights will be reflected
     in the market price of the Common Stock.
                    -----------------------------------
     The registrant hereby amends this Registration  Statement on such date
or  dates as may be  necessary  to  delay  its  effective  date  until  the
registrant shall file a further  amendment which  specifically  states that
this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance
with Section 8(a) of the Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration
Statement  shall become  effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
===========================================================================
Information  contained  herein is subject to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor
may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement
becomes effective. This Prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an offer to buy nor shall  there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to the  registration or  qualification  under the securities
laws of any such State.

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 1998


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
                                                            Shares

                                   [LOGO]

                                Common Stock

   
     All of the  shares of Common  Stock,  par value  $0.001 per share (the
"Common Stock"),  offered hereby are being sold by theglobe.com,  inc. (the
"Company" or  "theglobe.com").  Of the shares  offered  hereby,  shares are
being  offered to the public in an initial  public  offering  (the "Initial
Public  Offering")  and shares are being  offered in a concurrent  offering
(the "Concurrent  Offering") by the Company  directly to certain  investors
(the  "Concurrent  Purchasers")  at a price per share  equal to the Initial
Public  Offering  price  per  share  less the  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions  but  including a  placement  agent fee (the  "Placement  Agent
Fee"). The  consummation of the Concurrent  Offering and the Initial Public
Offering are not contingent upon each other.  The Concurrent  Offering will
not be  consummated  with  respect  to less than  shares.  In the event the
Concurrent  Offering is not  consummated by the closing date of the Initial
Public  Offering,  the  Concurrent  Offering  will  be  terminated  and all
payments made by such investors in connection with the Concurrent  Offering
will be promptly  returned.  If the Concurrent  Offering is not consummated
for all the  proposed  shares,  the shares of Common  Stock not sold to the
Concurrent  Purchasers  will not be offered to  purchasers  in the  Initial
Public  Offering.  See  "Concurrent  Offering."  References  herein  to the
"Offerings"  include the shares of the Company's Common Stock being offered
in the Initial Public  Offering as well as the shares of Common Stock to be
sold by the Company in the Concurrent Offering.

     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company.  It is currently  estimated  that the initial  public
offering price for the Common Stock will be between $ and $ per share.  See
"Underwriting"  for  a  discussion  of  the  factors  to be  considered  in
determining the initial public  offering  price.  Application has been made
for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the
symbol "TGLO."


                             ------------------

SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK.
                             ------------------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    

===========================================================================
                                               Underwriting
                               Price to        Discounts and     Proceeds to
                                Public        Commissions (1)    Company (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share...................
  Initial Public Offering...       $                 $                $
  Concurrent Offering.......       $                 $                $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)...................  $                 $                 $
===============================================================================

(1)  Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc.  and Volpe  Brown  Whelan & Company are also
     acting as the Company's  placement agents (the "Placement  Agents") in
     connection with the Concurrent Offering, and the Company has agreed to
     pay the Placement  Agents a fee of $      per share. In addition,  the
     Company has agreed to indemnify  the  Underwriters  and the  Placement
     Agents against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
     Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act").  See
     "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $      .
(3)  The Company has granted the  Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase
     up to     additional shares of Common  Stock  on the  same  terms  and
     conditions as set forth above,  to cover  over-allotments,  if any. If
     such  option  is  exercised  in  full,  the  total  Price  to  Public,
     Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be
     $     , $     and $     , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                             ------------------

     The  shares of Common  Stock are being  offered  by the  Underwriters,
subject to prior sale,  when,  as and if  delivered  to and accepted by the
Underwriters   against  payment  therefor  and  subject  to  certain  other
conditions.  The  Underwriters  reserve  the right to  withdraw,  cancel or
modify  the  Offerings  and to  reject  orders  in whole or in part.  It is
expected  that  delivery of the Common Stock will be made  against  payment
therefor on or about , 1998 at the offices of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 245
Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167.


                             ------------------

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.                    Volpe Brown Whelan & Company


              The date of this Prospectus is      , 1998.

   
     theglobe.com  is one of the world's  leading online  communities  with
over 6 million users* and over 1.9 million members in the United States and
abroad.

                                          *as of 6/98

   theglobe.com [Logo]

                Focus on social dynamics of a community:

                home        work   family        travel
                entertainment      special
                                   interests
                day-to-day conversation




   [graphics of face photographs, screen shots of Web site pages]





                                [Fold-Out Cover]
    



     The Company has a registered United States trademark for theglobe. The
Company has filed United States trademark applications for theglobe.com and
theglobe.com  logo.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  submitted  trademark
applications in various foreign countries for theglobe.com and theglobe.com
logo. See "Business -- Intellectual Property Rights."

                             ------------------

   
     This  Prospectus  includes  statistical  data  regarding  the Internet
industry.  Such data is taken or  derived  from  information  published  by
sources including Media Metrix, Inc., a media research firm specializing in
market and technology measurement on the Internet ("Media Metrix"), Jupiter
Communications,  LLC,  a  media  research  firm  focusing  on the  Internet
industry ("Jupiter Communications"),  and International Data Corporation, a
provider  of  market   information   and  strategic   information  for  the
information technology industry ("IDC").
    

                             ------------------

   
CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT,   STABILIZING   TRANSACTIONS,   SYNDICATE  SHORT
COVERING   TRANSACTIONS  AND  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTON  OF  THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
    



                             PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be
read in  conjunction  with,  the more  detailed  information  and Financial
Statements  and Notes  thereto,  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.
Except  where  the  context  otherwise  requires,  all  references  in this
Prospectus to (a) the "Company" or  "theglobe.com"  refer to  theglobe.com,
inc., a Delaware corporation, (b) the "Web" refer to the World Wide Web and
(c) the "site" refer to the Company's Web site. Unless otherwise  indicated
or  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,   all  information  in  this
Prospectus reflects,  upon the closing of the Offerings,  (i) the automatic
conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's  Preferred Stock into
shares  of  Common   Stock,   (ii)  no   exercise   of  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option and (iii) the Company's 1 for       reverse split of
the Company's Common Stock effected on September , 1998.
    


                                The Company

   
     theglobe.com  is one of the world's  leading online  communities  with
over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad. In June 1998, 6.1
million unique users visited the site. theglobe.com is a destination on the
Internet  where users are able to  personalize  their online  experience by
publishing  their own content and  interacting  with others having  similar
interests.  theglobe.com  facilitates this interaction by providing various
free  services,  including  home page building,  discussion  forums,  chat,
e-mail and a  marketplace  where members can purchase a variety of products
and services. Additionally,  theglobe.com provides its users news, weather,
movie and music reviews,  multi-player gaming, horoscopes and personals. By
satisfying its users' personal and practical needs,  theglobe.com  seeks to
become their online home. The Company's  primary revenue source is the sale
of  advertising,  with additional  revenues  generated  through  e-commerce
arrangements  and  the  sale  of  membership   subscriptions  for  enhanced
services.

     The Company was founded by Todd V.  Krizelman  and Stephan J. Paternot
in May 1995 to  capitalize  on the growing  demand for online  destinations
that  allow  users  to  develop   their  own   identities   and   establish
relationships  with other  Internet  users.  theglobe.com  offers users the
ability to become active  participants  in its community and provides users
set-up  tools and guidance to build a personal Web site quickly and easily.
theglobe.com community is organized in an intuitive hierarchy modeled after
the real world where each layer reflects a more specific level of interest.
There are six "Themes of Interest":  Arts and  Entertainment,  Business and
Finance, Lifestyles, Romance, Special Interests and Geographical Interests.
Themes of  Interest  are  subdivided  into 24  "Cities,"  which are further
divided into 75 "Districts."  Within each District members have the ability
to  create  or join  "Interest  Groups,"  theglobe.com's  smallest  form of
community.  There are currently 325 Interest Groups.  Interest Groups, once
proposed by any member,  are posted for petition.  Those groups that garner
enough votes then go "live" on the site.  Members are not limited as to the
number of communities they can join and are able to leave an Interest Group
at any time.  Because of this,  "Community  Leaders"  are elected to manage
communities and are able to highlight member content,  communicate directly
to  constituents  and  organize  events.  The  unique  community  focus  of
theglobe.com  offers  several  advantages  to the Company  that include (i)
member loyalty, (ii) member-developed  content at a low cost to the Company
and (iii) the  ability  to offer  advertising  targeted  to  specific  user
interests.  In June 1998, the Company had 90 advertisers,  including,  Coca
Cola, Dunkin' Donuts, J. Crew, Procter & Gamble, Sony, 3Com and Visa.
    

     Since its founding,  theglobe.com has experienced  strong growth.  The
site has added approximately  100,000 new members every month since October
1997,  and generated  over 100 million page views in June 1998, an increase
of over 100% from January 1998.  More than 6.1 million unique users visited
the site in June  1998,  reflecting  an  increase  of more than 350%  since
January 1998.  Approximately 25% to 35% of  theglobe.com's  monthly traffic
originates  from  abroad,   reflecting  the  site's  international  appeal.
According to Media Metrix,  theglobe.com  was ranked as the fourth  fastest
growing Web site in terms of audience reach for the first half of 1998.


     theglobe.com's  goal is to be the leading online  community  site. The
Company seeks to attain this goal through the following key strategies: (i)
improving user  experience,  (ii) developing  brand identity and awareness,
(iii) increasing new membership  acquisition  through strategic  alliances,
(iv)  expanding  globally,  (v)  further  developing  e-commerce  and  (vi)
enhancing membership services.

                    -----------------------------------

     The Company was incorporated in May 1995 in the State of Delaware. The
Company's  principal  executive offices are located at 31 West 21st Street,
New York, New York 10010, and its telephone number is (212) 886-0800.


                                The Offerings


Common Stock offered by the Company

  Initial Public Offering............................         shares
  Concurrent Offering................................         shares
      Total..........................................         shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offerings...         shares (1)(2)

Use of Proceeds......................................Advertising,     brand
                                                     name   promotions  and
                                                     other          general
                                                     corporate    purposes,
                                                     including   investment
                                                     in the development and
                                                     functionality       of
                                                     theglobe.com Web site,
                                                     enhancements   of  the
                                                     Company's      network
                                                     infrastructure     and
                                                     working  capital.  The
                                                     Company may also use a
                                                     portion     of     the
                                                     proceeds for strategic
                                                     alliances          and
                                                     acquisitions. See "Use
                                                     of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol...............TGLO
- -------------

   
(1)  Based on the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  as of June
     30,  1998,  including  10,947,469  shares of Common Stock that will be
     issued  upon  the  automatic  conversion  of  the  Company's  existing
     preferred  stock (the  "Preferred  Stock")  upon  consummation  of the
     Offerings. Excludes 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
     exercise of  outstanding  warrants (the  "Warrants") to acquire Common
     Stock at an exercise price of approximately  $1.45 per share following
     consummation  of the Offerings.  If the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
     option were  exercised in full, an  additional  shares of Common Stock
     would be offered by the  Company,  and shares of Common Stock would be
     outstanding after the Offerings.

(2)  Also  excludes  (i)  1,638,800  and  1,438,041  shares of Common Stock
     issuable upon the exercise of stock options that would be  outstanding
     after the  Offerings  under the  Company's  1998 Stock Option Plan and
     1995 Stock Option Plan,  respectively,  at a weighted average exercise
     price of $ per share  (assuming  an  initial  offering  price of $ per
     share) and $ per share,  respectively;  and (ii) 161,200 and one share
     of Common  Stock  reserved  for future  issuance  under the 1998 Stock
     Option  Plan  and  the  1995  Stock  Option  Plan,  respectively.  See
     "Capitalization",  "Management--Executive  Compensation," "Description
     of  Capital  Stock" and  Financial  Statements  and the Notes  related
     thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                Risk Factors

     Purchasers  of the  Common  Stock in the  Offerings  should  carefully
consider  the risk  factors  set forth  under the  caption  "Risk  Factors"
beginning on page 6 and the other  information  included in this Prospectus
prior to making an  investment  decision.  An  investment  in the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. The Company has
a limited operating history and anticipates  losses and negative  operating
cash  flow  for  the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company's  operations  are
dependent  on the growth and  commercial  viability  of the Internet and an
unproven business model, and are subject to government regulation and legal
uncertainties  associated  with the  Internet,  security  risks and intense
competition. See "Risk Factors" for a description of these and other risks.
                               
    


                           SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

     The following table sets forth certain summary  financial data for the
Company.  This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial
Statements  and  Notes  related   thereto   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  See "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."






                                        May 1, 1995
                                        (inception)                                          Six Months
                                          through                 Year Ended                    Ended
                                        December 31,             December 31,                  June 30,
                                                                 ------------                  --------
                                            1995            1996           1997            1997            1998
                                            ----            ----           ----            ----            ----
                                                                                                
Statement of Operations Data:

   
   Revenues.........................     $      27      $      229      $      770      $      208      $    1,173
   Gross profit.....................            14             113             347             102             670
   Loss from operations.............           (66)           (772)         (3,883)           (779)         (6,470)
   Net loss.........................           (66)           (750)         (3,584)           (767)         (5,824)
   Basic and diluted net loss per            (0.03)          (0.33)          (1.56)          (0.34)          (2.51)
     share(FN1)
   Weighted average shares
     outstanding used in basic and
     diluted per share calculation (FN1)  2,250,000      2,250,000       2,293,545       2,281,920       2,322,778
   
   Pro forma basic and diluted net
     loss per share(FN2)............
   
   Weighted average shares used in
     computing pro forma basic and
     diluted net loss per
     share (FN2)....................
    




                                        June 30, 1998
                           ----------------------------------------
   
                            Actual                   As Adjusted(3)
                            ------                   --------------

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
  and short-term
  investments.............  $ 13,155
Working capital...........    10,452
Total assets..............    15,603
Capital lease
  obligations, excluding
  current installments....       629
Total stockholders' equity    11,571
    

- -------------
   
(1)    Weighted  average  shares do not include any common stock  equivalents
       because such inclusion  would have been  anti-dilutive.  See Financial
       Statements  and related  Notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in this
       Prospectus for the determination of shares used in computing basic and
       diluted  loss per share. 
(2)    Pro forma gives effect to Preferred Stock conversion.
(3)    As  adjusted  to  reflect  the sale of      shares  of  Common   Stock
       offered  hereby  at an  assumed initial public offering price of $    
       per share) the midpoint of the  estimated range set forth on the front
       cover of this Prospectus) after  deducting the estimated  underwriting
       discounts and  commissions  and estimated  offering  expenses  payable
       by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    

                                RISK FACTORS

   
     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby  involves a
high  degree of risk.  The  following  factors  and the  other  information
contained  in  this  Prospectus  should  be  considered   carefully  before
purchasing  the Common  Stock  offered  hereby.

Limited Operating History

     The Company was  founded in May 1995.  Accordingly,  the Company has a
limited  operating  history upon which an  evaluation  of the Company,  its
current  business  and its  prospects  can be based,  each of which must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  problems  frequently
encountered  by all  companies  in the  early  stages of  development,  and
particularly by such companies  entering new and rapidly developing markets
like the Internet.  Such risks  include,  without  limitation,  the lack of
broad  acceptance of the community  model on the Internet,  the possibility
that the Internet will fail to achieve broad  acceptance as an  advertising
and  commercial  medium,  the inability of the Company to attract or retain
members,   the   inability   of  the   Company  to   generate   significant
e-commerce-based   revenues  or  subscription  service  revenues  from  its
members,  a new and  relatively  unproven  business  model,  the  Company's
ability to anticipate and adapt to a developing  market, the failure of the
Company's  network  infrastructure  (including  its  server,  hardware  and
software) to efficiently handle its Internet traffic,  changes in laws that
adversely  affect the  Company's  business,  the  ability of the Company to
manage effectively its rapidly expanding  operations,  including the amount
and  timing  of  capital  expenditures  and  other  costs  relating  to the
expansion of the Company's operations,  the introduction and development of
different or more extensive  communities by direct and indirect competitors
of the Company,  including  those with  greater  financial,  technical  and
marketing resources,  the inability of the Company to maintain and increase
levels of traffic on its Web site, the inability of the Company to attract,
retain and motivate qualified  personnel,  and general economic conditions.
To address these risks, the Company must,  among other things,  attract and
retain members, maintain its customer base and attract a significant number
of new advertising customers, respond to competitive developments,  develop
and extend its brand,  continue  to form and  maintain  relationships  with
strategic  partners,  continue to attract,  retain and  motivate  qualified
personnel,  and  continue  to develop  and  upgrade  its  technologies  and
commercialize its services incorporating such technologies. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such risks, and
any failure to do so could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuating Rates of Revenue Growth

     There  can be no  assurance  the  Company's  revenue  growth in recent
periods will continue or increase.  The Company's limited operating history
makes the  prediction  of  future  results  difficult  or  impossible  and,
therefore,  the Company's  recent  revenue growth should not be taken as an
indication  of any growth that can be expected in the future.  Furthermore,
its  limited   operating   history   leads  the  Company  to  believe  that
period-to-period  comparisons  of its operating  results are not meaningful
and that  the  results  for any  period  should  not be  relied  upon as an
indication of future  performance.  To the extent that revenues do not grow
at anticipated  rates,  the Company's  business,  results of operations and
financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Anticipated Losses for the Forseeable Future

     The Company has not achieved  profitability  to date,  and the Company
anticipates  that it will continue to incur net losses for the  foreseeable
future.  The extent of these losses will depend,  in part, on the amount of
growth in the Company's  revenues from  advertising  sales,  e-commerce and
membership  subscription  fees.  As of June 30,  1998,  the  Company had an
accumulated  deficit  of  $10.2  million.  The  Company  expects  that  its
operating  expenses  will  increase  significantly  during the next several
years, especially in the areas of sales and marketing, and brand promotion.
Thus,  the  Company  will need to  generate  increased  revenues to achieve
profitability.  To the extent  that  increases  in its  operating  expenses
precede or are not  subsequently  followed  by  commensurate  increases  in
revenues,  or that the Company is unable to adjust operating expense levels
accordingly,  the Company's  business,  results of operations and financial
condition  would be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will ever achieve or sustain  profitability  or
that the Company's operating losses will not increase in the future.
    

Dependence  on  Continued  Growth in Use and  Commercial  Viability  of the
Internet

     The Company's future success is substantially dependent upon continued
growth in the use of the Internet. To support advertising sales, e-commerce
and membership  service fees on  theglobe.com,  the  Internet's  recent and
rapid growth must  continue,  and  e-commerce  on the Internet  must become
widespread.  None of these can be assured. The Internet may prove not to be
a  viable  commercial  marketplace.  Additionally,  due to the  ability  of
consumers  to easily  compare  prices of similar  products  or  services on
competing Web sites,  gross margins for e-commerce  transactions may narrow
in the future and,  accordingly,  the Company's  revenues  from  e-commerce
arrangements may be materially  negatively impacted. If use of the Internet
does not continue to grow,  the Company's  business,  results of operations
and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

     Additionally,  to the extent that the Internet continues to experience
significant  growth in the number of users and the level of use,  there can
be no assurance that its technical  infrastructure will continue to be able
to  support  the  demands   placed   upon  it.  The   necessary   technical
infrastructure for significant increases in e-commerce,  such as a reliable
network backbone, may not be timely and adequately developed.  In addition,
performance improvements,  such as high-speed modems, may not be introduced
in a timely fashion. Furthermore, security and authentication concerns with
respect to transmission over the Internet of confidential information, such
as credit  card  numbers,  may  remain.  Issues  like  these  could lead to
resistance  against the  acceptance of the Internet as a viable  commercial
marketplace.  Also,  the Internet could lose its viability due to delays in
the  development  or adoption of new standards  and  protocols  required to
handle  increased  levels of  activity,  or due to  increased  governmental
regulation.  Changes in or insufficient  availability of telecommunications
services could result in slower  response times and adversely  affect usage
of the Internet. To the extent the Internet's technical infrastructure does
not effectively  support the growth that may occur, the Company's business,
results of operations  and  financial  condition  would be  materially  and
adversely affected.

Dependence on Members for Content and Promotion

     The Company depends  substantially upon member involvement for content
and for word-of-mouth promotion. Particularly, the Company depends upon the
voluntary  efforts of certain highly motivated  members who are most active
in developing  content to attract  other  Internet  users to the site.  The
Company expects such member  involvement to reduce the need for the Company
to expend resources on content development and site promotion. There can be
no assurance that members will continue to generate  significant content or
to promote the site, nor that the  member-generated  content or promotional
efforts will continue to attract other Internet users. There also can be no
assurance that the Company's business would not be materially and adversely
affected if its most highly active  members  became  dissatisfied  with the
Company's services or its focus on the commercialization of those services.

Unproven  Business Model;  Developing  Market;  Unproven  Acceptance of the
Company's Products

     The Company's business model is new and relatively unproven. The model
depends upon the Company's  ability to generate multiple revenue streams by
leveraging  its community  platform.  To be  successful,  the Company must,
among other things,  develop and market  products and services that achieve
broad market acceptance by its users,  advertisers and e-commerce  vendors.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  Internet   community,   including
theglobe.com,  will  achieve  broad  market  acceptance.   Accordingly,  no
assurance can be given that the Company's business model will be successful
or that it can sustain revenue growth or be profitable.

     The market for the  Company's  products and  services is new,  rapidly
developing and characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As
is  typical  of any new and  rapidly  evolving  market,  demand  and market
acceptance for recently  introduced  products and services are subject to a
high level of uncertainty  and risk.  Moreover,  because this market is new
and rapidly evolving, it is difficult to predict its future growth rate, if
any, and its ultimate  size. If the market fails to develop,  develops more
slowly  than  expected or becomes  saturated  with  competitors,  or if the
Company's   products  and  services  do  not  achieve  or  sustain   market
acceptance,  the Company's  business,  results of operations  and financial
condition    would   be   materially    and   adversely    affected.    See
"Business--Industry Background."

   
Brand  Identity is Critical to the  Company;  Risks  Associated  with Brand
Development
    

     The Company believes that  establishing and maintaining brand identity
is a critical  aspect of efforts  to  attract  and expand its member  base,
Internet traffic and advertising and commerce  relationships.  Furthermore,
the Company believes that the importance of brand recognition will increase
as low barriers to entry encourage the  proliferation of Internet sites. In
order to attract and retain members,  advertisers and commerce vendors, and
in  response to  competitive  pressures,  the  Company  intends to increase
substantially  its financial  commitment to the creation and maintenance of
brand  loyalty among these  groups.  The Company plans to accomplish  this,
although not exclusively, through advertising campaigns in several forms of
media, including television,  print,  billboards,  buses, telephone kiosks,
online media, and other marketing and promotional  efforts.  If the Company
does not  generate a  corresponding  increase in revenue as a result of its
branding efforts or otherwise fails to promote its brand  successfully,  or
if the  Company  incurs  excessive  expenses  in an attempt to promote  and
maintain its brand,  the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and
financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

     Promotion and enhancement of theglobe.com  brand will also depend,  in
part,  on the  Company's  success in  providing a  high-quality  "community
experience."  Such success  cannot be assured.  If members,  other Internet
users,  advertisers  and  commerce  vendors  do not  perceive  theglobe.com
community  experience to be of high quality,  or if the Company  introduces
new services or enters into new business  ventures  that are not  favorably
received  by such  parties,  the  value  of the  Company's  brand  could be
diluted.   Such  brand  dilution  could  decrease  the   attractiveness  of
theglobe.com to such parties, and could materially and adversely affect the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

   
Substantial Reliance on Advertising Revenues; Short-term Nature of Adverstising
Contracts; Company Guarantee of Minimum Impression Levels

     The Company  derives a  substantial  portion of its revenues  from the
sale of  advertisements  on its site,  and expects to continue to do so for
the  foreseeable  future.  For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six
months ended June 30, 1998,  advertising  revenues represented 77% and 89%,
respectively,  of the Company's net revenues.  The Company's business model
therefore is highly  dependent on the amount of "traffic" on  theglobe.com,
which  has a direct  effect  on the  Company's  advertising  revenues.  The
Company  is in the  early  stages of  implementing  its  advertising  sales
programs,  which, if not successful,  could materially and adversely affect
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     To date, substantially all of the Company's advertising contracts have
been for terms  averaging one to two months in length,  with relatively few
longer-term  advertising  contracts.  Many  of  the  Company's  advertising
customers  have limited  experience  with  Internet  advertising,  have not
devoted a significant portion of their advertising expenditures to Internet
advertising  and may  not  believe  Internet  advertising  to be  effective
relative to traditional  advertising media. Also, the Company's advertising
customers  may object to the placement of their  advertisements  on certain
members'  personal  homepages,  the content of which they deem undesirable.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  current  advertisers  will
continue to purchase advertisements on theglobe.com.
    

     The  Company's  contracts  with  advertisers  typically  guarantee the
advertiser   a  minimum   number  of   "impressions,"   or  times  that  an
advertisement is seen by users of theglobe.com.  To the extent that minimum
impression  levels are not  achieved  for any  reason,  the  Company may be
required  to "make  good"  or  provide  additional  impressions  after  the
contract term,  which may adversely  affect the availability of advertising
inventory and which could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's
business,  results of  operations  and financial  condition.  To the extent
minimum guaranteed  impressions are not met, the Company defers recognition
of the  corresponding  revenues  until  guaranteed  impression  levels  are
achieved.

   
     Additionally,  the process of managing the  placement  of  advertising
within  a  large,  high-traffic  Web  site  such  as  the  Company's  is an
increasingly   important  and  complex  task.  The  Company  licenses  from
DoubleClick,   Inc.   ("DoubleClick")  its  advertising  management  system
("D.A.R.T."). Under the license agreement, DoubleClick provides the Company
an Internet advertising  administration  system to facilitate the Company's
management of advertising on its Web site. The D.A.R.T. service is intended
to permit the Company to generate ad tags,  schedule  advertising to run in
the  online  environments  in  which  the  Company  places  the ad tags and
generate reports on such  advertising.  The DoubleClick  agreement is for a
term of three  years  and  will  expire  on  April  15,  2000,  subject  to
DoubleClick's   right  to  terminate  the  agreement  upon  30-days  notice
following  the  Company's  breach  of  the  terms  of the  agreement  or if
DoubleClick,  in its reasonable good faith discretion,  determines that the
Company has used, could use or intends to use the D.A.R.T.  technology in a
manner that could  damage or cause  injury to the  D.A.R.T.  technology  or
reflects unfavorably on the reputation of DoubleClick.  No assurance can be
given that DoubleClick will not elect to terminate the agreement.  Any such
termination and replacement  could disrupt the Company's  ability to manage
its advertising operations for a period of time. In addition, to the extent
that the Company encounters system failures or material difficulties in the
operation of this  system,  the Company  could be unable to deliver  banner
advertisements and sponsorships  through its site. Any extended failure of,
or material  difficulties  encountered  in connection  with,  the Company's
advertising  management  system  may  expose  the  Company  to "make  good"
obligations with its advertisers, which, by displacing saleable advertising
inventory,  among other  consequences,  would  reduce  revenues  and have a
material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,  results of operations
and financial condition.
    

     The Company's  ability to generate  significant  advertising  revenues
will depend,  in part,  on its ability to create new  advertising  programs
without  diluting  the  perceived  value  of  its  existing  programs.  The
Company's  ability to generate  advertising  revenues  will depend also, in
part,  on  advertisers'  acceptance  of the Internet as an  attractive  and
sustainable  medium,  the  development  of a  large  base of  users  of the
Company's  products and  services,  the effective  development  of Web site
content  that  provides  user  demographic  characteristics  that  will  be
attractive  to  advertisers,  and  government  regulation.  The adoption of
Internet-based  advertising,  particularly by those  advertisers  that have
historically  relied  upon  traditional  advertising  media,  requires  the
acceptance of a new way of conducting business and exchanging  information.
There can be no  assurance  that the market for Internet  advertising  will
continue  to emerge or become  sustainable.  If the  market  develops  more
slowly than  expected,  the Company's  business,  results of operations and
financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

     The Internet as an  advertising  medium has not been  available  for a
sufficient  period  of time to gauge its  effectiveness  as  compared  with
traditional  advertising  media. No standards have been widely accepted for
the measurement of the  effectiveness of  Internet-based  advertising,  and
there  can be no  assurance  that any such  standards  will  become  widely
accepted in the future.  There can be no assurance  that  advertisers  will
accept the Company's or other parties'  measurements  of  impressions.  The
rejection by advertisers of such measurements could have a material adverse
effect on the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and  financial
condition.

     The sale of  Internet  advertising  is subject to intense  competition
that has  resulted  in a wide  variety of pricing  models,  rate quotes and
advertising  services.  This has made it difficult to project future levels
of  advertising  revenues and rates.  It is also difficult to predict which
pricing models, if any, will achieve broad acceptance among advertisers. As
described  above, to date, the Company has based its  advertising  rates on
providing  advertisers  with a guaranteed  number of  impressions,  and any
failure  of  the  Company's  advertising  model  to  achieve  broad  market
acceptance, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.

     "Filter"  software  programs that limit or remove  advertising from an
Internet user's desktop are available to consumers.  Widespread adoption or
increased  use of such  software  by users  could have a  material  adverse
effect  upon  the  viability  of  advertising  on the  Internet  and on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results; Quarterly Fluctuations

   
     The Company's  operating  results may fluctuate  significantly  in the
future as a result of a variety of  factors,  many of which are outside the
Company's  control.  See "--Limited  Operating  History" and "--Fluctuating
Rates of Revenue Growth;  Anticipated  Losses." As a strategic  response to
changes in the competitive  environment,  the Company may from time to time
make certain pricing,  service or marketing  decisions or acquisitions that
could  have a  material  short-term  or  long-term  adverse  effect  on the
Company's  business,  results of  operations  and financial  condition.  In
particular,  in order to  accelerate  the  promotion of  theglobe.com  as a
brand, the Company intends to  significantly  increase its marketing budget
after  consummation of the Offerings.  See "--Brand Identity is Critical to
the Company; Risks Associated with Brand Development."
    

     The  Company  believes  that  it  may  experience  seasonality  in its
business,  with use of the Internet and  theglobe.com  being somewhat lower
during  the summer  vacation  and  year-end  holiday  periods.  Advertising
impressions (and therefore revenues) may be expected to decline accordingly
in those periods.  Additionally,  seasonality may affect  significantly the
Company's   advertising  revenues  during  the  first  and  third  calendar
quarters,  as  advertisers  historically  spend less during these  periods.
Because Internet advertising is an emerging market, additional seasonal and
other patterns in Internet  advertising  may develop as the market matures,
and there can be no assurance  that such  patterns will not have a material
adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  results  of  operations  and
financial condition.

     The Company  derives a  significant  portion of its revenues  from the
sale of advertising under short-term contracts, averaging one to two months
in length.  As a result,  the  Company's  quarterly  revenues and operating
results are, to a significant  extent,  dependent on  advertising  revenues
from  contracts  entered  into  within the  quarter,  and on the  Company's
ability  to  adjust  spending  in a timely  manner  to  compensate  for any
unexpected revenue shortfall. See "--Reliance on Advertising Revenues."

     In addition  to selling  advertising,  a key element of the  Company's
strategy is to generate revenues through e-commerce arrangements.  To date,
the revenues received by the Company under the revenue-sharing  portions of
these  arrangements  have not been material,  and there can be no assurance
that the  Company  will  receive a material  amount of revenue  under these
agreements  in the  future.  Each  of  the  Company's  existing  e-commerce
arrangements  is terminable upon short notice.  As a result,  the Company's
revenues from e-commerce may fluctuate  significantly from period to period
depending on the continuation of its key e-commerce arrangements.

     The foregoing factors, in some future quarters, may lead the Company's
operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and
investors.  In such  event,  the  trading  price of the Common  Stock would
likely be materially and adversely affected.

Broad Discretion in Use of Proceeds


   
     The Company  intends to use the net  proceeds  from the sale of Common
Stock  offered  hereby for  advertising,  brand name  promotions  and other
general  corporate  purposes,  including  investment in the development and
functionality  of  theglobe.com  Web site,  enhancements  of the  Company's
network  infrastructure  and  working  capital.  The Company may also use a
portion of the proceeds for potential strategic alliances and acquisitions.
The Company has not yet determined the amount of the net proceeds that will
be used  specifically  for  each of the  foregoing  purposes.  Accordingly,
management will have  significant  flexibility in applying the net proceeds
of the Offerings. The failure of management to apply such funds effectively
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of
operations and financial condition. See "Use of Proceeds."
    


Dependence on Key Personnel

     The  Company's   performance   is   substantially   dependent  on  the
performance  of its  senior  management  and key  technical  personnel.  In
particular,  the Company's  success depends on the continued efforts of its
senior  management  team,  especially its Co-Chief  Executive  Officers and
Co-Presidents (and co-founders), Todd V. Krizelman and Stephan J. Paternot.
The  Company  does  not  carry  key  person  life  insurance  on any of its
personnel.  The loss of the  services of any of its  executive  officers or
other key employees  could have a material  adverse effect on the business,
results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

     The Company's future success also depends on its continuing ability to
retain and attract highly qualified technical and managerial personnel.  As
of June 30,  1998,  the Company  had grown to  approximately  80  full-time
employees from  approximately 20 in June 1997, and the Company  anticipates
that the number of its employees will increase significantly in the next 12
months. Wages for managerial and technical employees are increasing and are
expected  to continue  to  increase  in the  foreseeable  future due to the
competitive  nature of this job market.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to retain its key managerial  and technical  personnel
or that it will be able to attract and retain  additional  highly qualified
technical  and  managerial   personnel  in  the  future.  The  Company  has
experienced  difficulty  from  time  to time in  attracting  the  personnel
necessary  to  support  the  growth  of its  business,  and there can be no
assurance  that the Company will not experience  similar  difficulty in the
future.  The inability to attract and retain the  technical and  managerial
personnel  necessary to support the growth of the Company's  business,  due
to,  among other  things,  a large  increase in the wages  demanded by such
personnel,  could have a material  and adverse  effect  upon the  Company's
business,    results   of   operations   and   financial   condition.   See
"Business--Employees" and "--Technology" and "Management."

   
Management of Growth; Inexperienced Management

     The Company's recent growth has placed, and is expected to continue to
place, a significant  strain on its  managerial,  operational and financial
resources.  To manage its  potential  growth,  the Company must continue to
implement  and improve its  operational  and  financial  systems,  and must
expand,  train and manage its employee base. The Company's  Chief Operating
Officer and Chief  Financial  Officer  joined the Company during August and
July 1998,  respectively.  In addition,  each of the Company's  Director of
Advertising Sales,  Director of Technology,  Director of Communications and
Director  of Human  Resources  has been with the  Company for less than two
years. Furthermore,  the members of the Company's current senior management
(other than the Chairman) have not had any previous  experience  managing a
public company or a large operating company. There can be no assurance that
the  Company  will be able  to  effectively  manage  the  expansion  of its
operations,  that the  Company's  systems,  procedures  or controls will be
adequate to support the  Company's  operations  or that Company  management
will be able to achieve the rapid execution  necessary to fully exploit the
market opportunity for the Company's  products and services.  Any inability
to manage growth  effectively  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's  business,  results of operations  and financial  condition.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business."
    

Competition for Management Time; Potential Conflicts of Interest


   
     Michael S. Egan is the Chairman of the Company and, as such,  Mr. Egan
serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as an executive officer of
the Company with primary  responsibility for day-to-day  strategic planning
and  financing  arrangements.  After  the  Offerings,  Mr.  Egan  will also
continue to be the controlling  investor of Dancing Bear Investments,  Inc.
("Dancing Bear Investments"), which will hold a controlling interest in the
Company  after the  Offering,  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Certified  Vacations and Chairman of  AutobyInternet,  related  entities of
Dancing Bear  Investments.  Dancing Bear Investments may also acquire other
entities  in the  future.  Edward  A.  Cespedes  is the Vice  President  of
Corporate  Development  of the  Company  with  primary  responsibility  for
corporate  development  opportunities  including  mergers and acquisitions.
After the Offerings, Mr. Cespedes will also continue to serve as a Managing
Director of Dancing Bear  Investments.  Messrs.  Egan and Cespedes have not
committed to devote any specific percentage of their business time with the
Company.   Accordingly,   the  Company   will  compete  with  Dancing  Bear
Investments and related  entities for the management  time of Messrs.  Egan
and Cespedes.  The Company has recently begun e-commerce  arrangements with
certain  entities  controlled  by Dancing  Bear  Investments  which are not
currently material to the Company.  See "Certain  Relationships and Related
Transactions."  These  arrangements  are not the  result  of  arms'  length
negotiations.  Due to their  relationships  with Dancing Bear  Investments,
Messrs.  Egan and  Cespedes  will have an inherent  conflict of interest in
making any decision  related to transactions  between  entities  related to
Dancing Bear  Investments  and the Company.  The Company  intends to review
related party transactions in the future on a case-by-case basis.


Need to Enhance and Develop theglobe.com to Remain Competitive
    

     To remain  competitive,  the  Company  must  continue  to enhance  and
improve the responsiveness,  functionality and features of theglobe.com and
develop other products and services. Enhancements of or improvements to the
Web site may contain undetected programming errors that require significant
design  modifications,  resulting in a loss of customer confidence and user
support  and  a  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  Company's   brand  name
recognition.

     The Company plans to develop and introduce new features and functions,
such as increased  capabilities for user personalization and interactivity.
This will require the  development  or licensing  of  increasingly  complex
technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful
in  developing  or  introducing  such  features and  functions or that such
features  and  functions  will  achieve  market  acceptance  or enhance the
Company's brand name recognition. Any failure of the Company to effectively
develop and  introduce new features and  functions,  or the failure of such
new features and functions to achieve market  acceptance,  could materially
adversely  affect  the  Company's  business,   results  of  operations  and
financial condition.
   

     The  Company  also plans to develop and  introduce  new  products  and
services,  such as new  content  targeted  for  specific  user  groups with
particular  demographic  and  geographic  characteristics.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will be successful in developing or introducing
such  products and services or that such products and services will achieve
market  acceptance or enhance the  Company's  brand name  recognition.  Any
failure of the Company to effectively  develop and introduce these products
and  services,  or the  failure of such  products  and  services to achieve
market  acceptance,   could  materially   adversely  affect  the  Company's
business,    results   of   operations   and   financial   condition.   See
"Business--Products and Services."

Internet Industry is Characterized by Rapid Technological Change
    

     The market for  Internet  products and  services is  characterized  by
rapid technological developments,  evolving industry standards and customer
demands,  and frequent new product  introductions and  enhancements.  These
market characteristics are exacerbated by the emerging nature of the market
and the fact that many  companies  are expected to  introduce  new Internet
products and services in the near future. The Company's future success will
depend in  significant  part on its  ability  to  continually  improve  the
performance,  features  and  reliability  of the site in  response  to both
evolving  demands of the marketplace  and  competitive  product and service
offerings,  and  there  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be
successful in doing so. In addition,  the widespread adoption of developing
multimedia  enabling  technologies could require fundamental changes in the
Company's technology and could fundamentally  affect the nature,  viability
and  measurability  of  Internet-based  advertising,  which could adversely
affect  the  Company's  business,   results  of  operations  and  financial
condition. See "Business--Products and Services."

Risk of Capacity Constraints and Systems Failures

     A key element of the  Company's  strategy is to generate a high volume
of user  traffic.  The  Company's  ability  to attract  advertisers  and to
achieve market acceptance of its products and services, and its reputation,
depend  significantly  upon the  performance of the Company and its network
infrastructure  (including its server,  hardware and software).  Any system
failure that causes  interruption  or slower response time of the Company's
products and services  could  result in less traffic to the  Company's  Web
site and, if sustained or repeated,  could reduce the attractiveness of the
Company's  products and services to advertisers and licensees.  An increase
in the volume of user traffic  could  strain the capacity of the  Company's
technical  infrastructure,  which  could  lead to slower  response  time or
system  failures,  and  adversely  affect  the  delivery  of the  number of
impressions that are owed to advertisers and thus the Company's advertising
revenues.  In  addition,  as the  number  of Web  pages  on  and  users  of
theglobe.com  increase,  there can be no assurance that the Company and its
technical infrastructure will be able to grow accordingly,  and the Company
faces  risks  related to its ability to scale up to its  expected  customer
levels while maintaining superior performance. Any failure of the Company's
server  and  networking  systems  to handle  current  or higher  volumes of
traffic would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.

   
    

     The Company is also dependent upon third parties to provide  potential
users with Web  browsers and Internet  and online  services  necessary  for
access  to the site.  In the  past,  users  have  occasionally  experienced
difficulties  with  Internet and online  services  due to system  failures,
including failures  unrelated to the Company's  systems.  Any disruption in
Internet  access  provided by third parties  could have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and  financial
condition.  Furthermore, the Company is dependent on hardware suppliers for
prompt delivery,  installation and service of equipment used to deliver the
Company's products and services.

   
     The  Company's  operations  are  dependent in part upon its ability to
protect  its  operating  systems  against  damage from human  error,  fire,
floods,  power loss,  telecommunications  failures,  break-ins  and similar
events.  The Company  does not  presently  have  redundant,  multiple  site
capacity in the event of any such  occurrence.  The  Company's  servers are
also vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from
unauthorized  tampering with the Company's computer systems. The occurrence
of any of these events could result in the interruption, delay or cessation
of service,  which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business,  results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, the
Company's  reputation  and  theglobe.com  brand  could  be  materially  and
adversely affected. See "Business--Facilities."
    

Security Risks


   
     Experienced  programmers  ("hackers")  have  attempted  on occasion to
penetrate the Company's  network  security.  The Company expects that these
attempts, some of which have succeeded, will continue to occur from time to
time.  Because a hacker  who is able to  penetrate  the  Company's  network
security   could   misappropriate    proprietary   information   or   cause
interruptions  in the Company's  products and services,  the Company may be
required to expend significant  capital and resources to protect against or
to alleviate problems caused by such parties. Additionally, the Company may
not have a timely  remedy  against a hacker  who is able to  penetrate  its
network security.  Such purposeful  security breaches could have a material
adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  results  of  operations  and
financial  condition.  In addition to  purposeful  security  breaches,  the
inadvertent  transmission of computer viruses could expose the Company to a
material risk of loss or litigation and possible liability.
    

     In  offering  certain  payment  services  through  its   "globeStores"
program,  the Company could become  increasingly  reliant on encryption and
authentication  technology  licensed  from third  parties  to  provide  the
security and  authentication  necessary to effect  secure  transmission  of
confidential information, such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in
computer  capabilities,  discoveries in the field of cryptography and other
discoveries,  events, or developments  could lead to a compromise or breach
of the algorithms that the Company's licensed encryption and authentication
technology  used  to  protect  such  confidential  information.  If  such a
compromise or breach of the Company's  licensed  encryption  authentication
technology occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company may be
required  to expend  significant  capital  and  resources  and  engage  the
services of third parties to protect  against the threat of such  security,
encryption and authentication  technology breaches or to alleviate problems
caused  by  such   breaches.   Concerns   over  the  security  of  Internet
transactions  and the  privacy of users may also  inhibit the growth of the
Internet  generally,  particularly  as a  means  of  conducting  commercial
transactions.


Intense Competition

     The market for  members,  users and  Internet  advertising  is new and
rapidly  evolving,  and competition  for members,  users and advertisers is
intense and is expected  to increase  significantly.  Barriers to entry are
relatively  insubstantial  and the Company may face  competitive  pressures
from many additional companies both in the United States and abroad.

   
     The  Company  believes  that the  principal  competitive  factors  for
companies seeking to create  communities on the Internet are critical mass,
functionality  of the Web site,  brand  recognition,  member  affinity  and
loyalty,  broad  demographic  focus and open  access  for  visitors.  Other
companies that are primarily focused on creating  Internet  communities are
Tripod, Inc., a subsidiary of Lycos, Inc. ("Tripod"),  and GeoCities,  Inc.
("GeoCities"), and, in the future, Internet communities may be developed or
acquired by companies currently operating Web directories,  search engines,
shareware  archives and content  sites,  and by commercial  online  service
providers ("OSPs"), Internet service providers ("ISPs") and other entities,
certain of which may have more resources than the Company. Furthermore, the
Company competes for users and advertisers with other content providers and
with  thousands of Web sites  operated by  individuals,  the government and
educational institutions.  Such providers and sites include America Online,
Inc. ("AOL"), Angelfire Communications ("Angelfire"),  CNET, Inc. ("CNET"),
CNN/Time Warner, Inc. ("CNN/Time Warner"), Excite, Inc. ("Excite"), Hotmail
Corporation  ("Hotmail"),  Infoseek Corporation  ("Infoseek"),  Lycos, Inc.
("Lycos"),  Microsoft Corporation  ("Microsoft"),  Netscape  Communications
Corporation  ("Netscape"),  Switchboard  Inc.  ("Switchboard"),  Xoom  Inc.
("Xoom") and Yahoo! Inc.  ("Yahoo!").  In addition,  the Company could face
competition  in the  future  from  traditional  media  companies,  such  as
newspaper,  magazine,  television and radio  companies,  a number of which,
including The Walt Disney Company  ("Disney"), CBS Corporation  ("CBS") and
The National  Broadcasting Company ("NBC"),  have recently made significant
acquisitions of or investments in Internet companies.
    

     The  Company  believes  that  the  principal  competitive  factors  in
attracting advertisers include the amount of traffic on its Web site, brand
recognition,  customer  service,  the demographics of the Company's members
and users,  the  Company's  ability  to offer  targeted  audiences  and the
overall  cost-effectiveness  of  the  advertising  medium  offered  by  the
Company. The Company believes that the number of Internet companies relying
on Internet-based advertising revenue, as well as the number of advertisers
on the Internet and the number of users, will increase substantially in the
future.  Accordingly,  the Company will likely face increased  competition,
resulting in increased  pricing pressures on its advertising  rates,  which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     Many of the Company's  existing and potential  competitors,  including
companies  operating Web directories  and search  engines,  and traditional
media companies,  have longer  operating  histories in the Internet market,
greater name recognition,  larger customer bases and significantly  greater
financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  the  Company.  Such
competitors may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns for
their  brands and  services,  adopt  more  aggressive  advertising  pricing
policies  and  make  more   attractive   offers  to  potential   employees,
distribution  partners,  commerce  companies,  advertisers  and third-party
content  providers.  Furthermore,  the  Company's  existing  and  potential
competitors may develop  communities  that are equal or superior in quality
to, or that achieve greater market acceptance than, theglobe.com. There can
be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  compete  successfully
against its current or future competitors or that competition will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of operations
and financial condition.

     There can be no assurance  that Web sites  maintained by the Company's
existing and potential  competitors will not be perceived by advertisers as
being more desirable for placement of advertisements than theglobe.com.  In
addition, many of the Company's current advertising customers and strategic
partners have established  collaborative  relationships with certain of the
Company's existing or potential competitors. There can be no assurance that
the Company  will be able to retain or grow its  membership  base,  traffic
levels  and  advertising  customer  base  at  historical  levels,  or  that
competitors will not experience better retention or greater growth in these
areas than the Company. Accordingly,  there can be no assurance that any of
the Company's  advertising  customers and strategic partners will not sever
or will elect not to renew their agreements with the Company, the result of
which  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.

Dependence on Third-Party Relationships

     The Company is and will  continue to be  significantly  dependent on a
number of third-party relationships to increase traffic on theglobe.com and
thereby  generate  advertising  revenues,  maintain  the  current  level of
service and variety of content for its members, and meet future milestones.
The Company is generally dependent on other Web site operators that provide
links to  theglobe.com.  The Company  also has  relationships  with several
online  retailers  whereby the Company is paid for providing to them online
storefronts    and    promotional    materials   on    theglobe.com.    See
"Business--Business  Strategy--Increase  New Membership Acquisition through
Strategic Alliances."

     Most of the Company's arrangements with third-party Internet sites and
other   third-party   service  providers  do  not  require  future  minimum
commitments to use the Company's  services or to provide access or links to
the Company's services or products, are not exclusive and are short-term or
may be  terminated at the  convenience  of the other party.  Moreover,  the
Company  does  not have  agreements  with the  majority  of other  Web site
operators that provide links to  theglobe.com,  and such Web site operators
may terminate such links at any time without  notice to the Company.  There
can be no assurance that third parties regard their  relationship  with the
Company as important to their own  respective  businesses  and  operations,
that they will not reassess their  commitment to the Company at any time in
the future or that they will not develop their own competitive  services or
products.

     There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to maintain
relationships  with third  parties that supply the Company with software or
products that are crucial to the Company's  success,  or that such software
or  products  will be able to  sustain  any  third-party  claims  or rights
against  their  use.  Furthermore,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  the
software,  services or products of those  companies  that provide access or
links to the Company's  services or products will achieve market acceptance
or  commercial  success.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company's   existing   relationships  will  result  in  sustained  business
partnerships,  successful service or product offerings or the generation of
significant  revenues  for  the  Company.  Failure  of one or  more  of the
Company's strategic  relationships to achieve or maintain market acceptance
or  commercial  success  or  the  termination  of one  or  more  successful
strategic  relationships  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's  business,  results of  operations  and financial  condition.  In
particular,  the elimination of a  pre-installed  bookmark on a Web browser
that directs traffic to the Company's Web site could  significantly  reduce
traffic on the  Company's  Web site,  which  would have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and  financial
condition. See "Business--Corporate Alliances and Relationships."

   
Additional  Financing  Requirements;  Expected Negative Operating Cash Flow
for the Forseeable Future
    

     The  Company  currently  anticipates  that  the  net  proceeds  of the
Offerings,  together with  available  funds and cash flows  generated  from
advertising revenues,  will be sufficient to meet its anticipated needs for
working capital,  capital  expenditures and business expansion for the next
12 months. The Company expects that it will continue to experience negative
operating cash flow for the  foreseeable  future as a result of significant
spending on advertising and  infrastructure.  Accordingly,  the Company may
need to raise  additional  funds in a  timely  manner  in order to fund its
anticipated  expansion,  develop  new or  enhanced  services  or  products,
respond  to  competitive  pressures  or  acquire  complementary   products,
businesses  or  technologies.  If additional  funds are raised  through the
issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership
of the  stockholders  of the  Company  will be  reduced,  stockholders  may
experience  additional  dilution  and  such  securities  may  have  rights,
preferences  or  privileges  senior to those of the  holders  of the Common
Stock.  There  can  be no  assurance  that  additional  financing  will  be
available on terms  favorable to the Company,  or at all. If adequate funds
are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may
not  be  able  to  fund  its  expansion,   take  advantage  of  acquisition
opportunities,  develop  or  enhance  services  or  products  or respond to
competitive pressures.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations--Liquidity
and Capital Resources."


Risks Associated with Potential Acquisitions

     As part of its  business  strategy,  the  Company  expects  to  review
acquisition prospects that would complement its existing business,  augment
the   distribution   of  its   community   or  enhance  its   technological
capabilities.   Future   acquisitions   by  the  Company  could  result  in
potentially  dilutive issuances of equity  securities,  large and immediate
write-offs,   the  incurrence  of  debt  and   contingent   liabilities  or
amortization  expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any
of which could  materially  and adversely  affect the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.

     Furthermore,  acquisitions  entail  numerous risks and  uncertainties,
including  difficulties  in  the  assimilation  of  operations,  personnel,
technologies,  products and information  systems of the acquired companies,
the diversion of management's  attention from other business concerns,  the
risks of entering  geographic and business markets in which the Company has
no or limited prior  experience  and the potential loss of key employees of
acquired  organizations.  The Company has not made any  acquisitions in the
past.  No  assurance  can be  given as to the  ability  of the  Company  to
successfully integrate any businesses,  products, technologies or personnel
that might be acquired in the future,  and the failure of the Company to do
so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results
of operations and financial condition.

Reliance on Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

     The  Company  regards  substantial   elements  of  its  Web  site  and
underlying  technology as proprietary and attempts to protect it by relying
on  trademark,   service   mark,   copyright  and  trade  secret  laws  and
restrictions on disclosure and  transferring  title and other methods.  The
Company also  generally  enters into  confidentiality  agreements  with its
employees and  consultants  and in connection  with its license  agreements
with  third  parties  and  generally   seeks  to  control   access  to  and
distribution  of  its  technology,   documentation  and  other  proprietary
information.  Despite  these  precautions,  it may be possible  for a third
party  to copy or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  the  Company's  proprietary
information   without   authorization  or  to  develop  similar  technology
independently.  The Company  pursues the  registration of its trademarks in
the United States and internationally.  The Company has registered a United
States  trademark  for  theglobe.  The  Company  has  filed  United  States
trademark    applications   for   theglobe.com   and   theglobe.com   logo.
Additionally,   the  Company  has  submitted  trademark   applications  for
theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the
European  Union  (covering  Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,
Germany,  Greece, Italy, Ireland,  Luxembourg,  the Netherlands,  Portugal,
Spain,  Sweden  and the United  Kingdom),  Hong Kong,  Israel,  Japan,  New
Zealand, Norway, Russia, Singapore,  South Africa,  Switzerland and Taiwan.
Effective  trademark,  service mark,  copyright and trade secret protection
may not be available in every country in which the  Company's  services are
distributed   or  made  available   through  the  Internet,   and  policing
unauthorized use of the Company's proprietary information is difficult. See
"Business--Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights."

     Legal standards relating to the validity,  enforceability and scope of
protection of certain proprietary rights in Internet-related businesses are
uncertain  and  still  evolving,  and no  assurance  can be given as to the
future viability or value of any of the Company's proprietary rights. There
can be no  assurance  that the  steps  taken by the  Company  will  prevent
misappropriation  or  infringement of its  proprietary  information,  which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of
operations and financial condition.

   
     Litigation  may be  necessary  in the future to enforce the  Company's
intellectual  property rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets or to
determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.  Such
litigation might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and
management  attention.  Furthermore,  there  can be no  assurance  that the
Company's business activities will not infringe upon the proprietary rights
of  others,  or that other  parties  will not  assert  infringement  claims
against the  Company,  including  claims  that by  directly  or  indirectly
providing hyperlink text links to Web sites operated by third parties,  the
Company is liable for copyright or trademark  infringement.  Moreover, from
time to time, the Company may be subject to claims of alleged  infringement
by the Company or its members of the  trademarks,  service  marks and other
intellectual  property  rights  of  third  parties.  Such  claims  and  any
resultant  litigation,  should it  occur,  might  subject  the  Company  to
significant  liability  for damages,  might result in  invalidation  of the
Company's proprietary rights and, even if not meritorious,  could result in
substantial  costs and diversion of resources and management  attention and
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of
operations and financial condition.
    

     The Company currently licenses from third parties certain technologies
incorporated into  theglobe.com.  As the Company continues to introduce new
services that incorporate new  technologies,  it may be required to license
additional  technology  from others.  There can be no assurance  that these
third-party  technology  licenses  will  continue  to be  available  to the
Company on commercially  reasonable terms, if at all.  Additionally,  there
can be no assurance that the third parties from which the Company currently
licenses its  technology  will be able to defend their  proprietary  rights
successfully against claims of infringement.  As a result, any inability of
the  Company to obtain any of these  technology  licenses  could  result in
delays or reductions in the introduction of new services or could adversely
affect the performance of its existing services until equivalent technology
can be identified,  licensed and  integrated.  See  "Business--Intellectual
Property and Proprietary Rights."

Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties Associated with the Internet

     A number of legislative and regulatory  proposals under  consideration
by federal, state, local and foreign governmental organizations may lead to
laws or regulations concerning various aspects of the Internet,  including,
but not limited to, online content, user privacy, taxation, access charges,
liability for third-party activities and jurisdiction.  Additionally, it is
uncertain as to how existing  laws will be applied by the  judiciary to the
Internet.  The adoption of new laws or the application of existing laws may
decrease  the  growth  in the  use of the  Internet,  which  could  in turn
decrease the demand for the Company's services, increase the Company's cost
of doing  business,  or  otherwise  have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's  business,  results of operations  and financial  condition.  See
"Business-- Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties."

     There can be no assurance  that the United  States or foreign  nations
will not enact  legislation or seek to enforce existing laws prohibiting or
restricting  certain content,  such as online gambling,  from the Internet.
Currently, online gambling advertisers account for under ten percent of the
Company's  advertising  revenues.  Prohibition  and restriction of Internet
content could dampen the growth of Internet use, decrease the acceptance of
the Internet as a communications and commercial medium,  expose the Company
to liability, and/or require substantial modification of theglobe.com,  and
thereby have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  results
of operations and financial condition.

     Internet  user  privacy has become an issue both in the United  States
and  abroad.  Current  American  privacy law  consists  of a few  disparate
statutes  directed at specific  industries that collect personal data, none
of which specifically covers the collection of personal information online.
There can be no assurance  that the United  States or foreign  nations will
not adopt legislation  purporting to protect such privacy.  Any such action
could  affect  the way in which the  Company  is  allowed  to  conduct  its
business,  especially  those aspects that involve the  collection or use of
personal  information,  and could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     The  tax  treatment  of  the  Internet  and  e-commerce  is  currently
unsettled.  A number of proposals have been made at the federal,  state and
local level and by certain foreign  governments  that could impose taxes on
the sale of goods and services and certain other Internet  activities.  The
United  States  Congress  is  considering  legislation  that would  place a
temporary  moratorium  on certain  types of taxation on Internet  commerce.
There can be no  assurance  that any such  legislation  will be  adopted by
Congress or what form it will take,  or that current  attempts at taxing or
regulating  commerce over the Internet would not  substantially  impair the
growth of commerce  and as a result have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     Certain  local  telephone  carriers  have  asserted  that the  growing
popularity   and  use  of  the   Internet   has   burdened   the   existing
telecommunications  infrastructure,  and that many areas with high Internet
use have begun to  experience  interruptions  in telephone  service.  These
carriers have petitioned the Federal Communications  Commission (the "FCC")
to impose  access fees on ISPs and OSPs.  If such access fees are  imposed,
the costs of  communicating  on the Internet could increase  substantially,
potentially slowing the growth in use of the Internet,  which could in turn
decrease  demand for the Company's  services or increase the Company's cost
of doing business, and thus have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.


     Although the Company's server is located in the State of New York, the
governments  of other states and foreign  countries  might  attempt to take
action  against the Company for  violations of their laws.  There can be no
assurance  that  violations  of such laws will not be alleged or charged by
state or foreign  governments  and that such laws will not be modified,  or
new laws enacted, in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material
adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  results  of  operations  and
financial condition.


Liability for Information Retrieved from or Transmitted over the Internet

   
     Because materials may be downloaded by the online or Internet services
operated or  facilitated  by the Company or the Internet  access  providers
with which it has  relationships  and may be  subsequently  distributed  to
others,  there is a potential  that claims will be made against the Company
for defamation,  negligence,  copyright or trademark  infringement or other
theories  based on the nature and  content of such  materials.  Such claims
have been brought  against  online  services in the past and,  from time to
time, the Company has received  inquiries from third parties regarding such
matters.  Such claims  could be material in the future.  In  addition,  the
increased attention focused upon liability issues and legislative proposals
could materially impact the overall growth of Internet use.

     The  Company  could  also be  exposed  to  liability  with  respect to
third-party  information  that may be accessible  through the Company's Web
site,  or through  content and  materials  that may be posted by members on
their personal Web sites or on chat rooms or bulletin boards offered by the
Company.  Such claims  might  include,  among  others,  that by directly or
indirectly  providing  hyperlink  text links to Web sites operated by third
parties or by providing hosting services for members' sites, the Company is
liable for copyright or trademark infringement or other wrongful actions by
such third parties  through such Web sites. It is also possible that if any
third-party content information provided on the Company's Web site contains
errors,  third  parties  could make  claims  against the Company for losses
incurred in reliance on such information.
    

     The Company offers e-mail service, which is provided by a third party.
See  "--Dependence on Third-Party  Relationships."  Such service may expose
the Company to potential risk, such as liabilities or claims resulting from
unsolicited e-mail ("spamming"),  lost or misdirected messages,  illegal or
fraudulent use of e-mail or interruptions or delays in e-mail service.

   
     The Company also enters into  agreements  with  commerce  partners and
sponsors  under  which the  Company is  entitled  to receive a share of any
revenue from the purchase of goods and services  through  direct links from
the  Company's  Web site.  Such  arrangements  may  expose  the  Company to
additional legal risks and uncertainties,  including potential  liabilities
to consumers of such  products and  services,  even if the Company does not
itself  provide such products or services.  There can be no assurance  that
any  indemnification  provided to the Company in its agreements  with these
parties, if available, will be adequate.

     Even to the  extent  such  claims do not  result in  liability  to the
Company,  the Company could incur  significant  costs in investigating  and
defending  against such claims.  The imposition on the Company of potential
liability for information  carried on or  disseminated  through its systems
could  require the Company to implement  measures to reduce its exposure to
such liability,  which may require the expenditure of substantial resources
and limit the  attractiveness  of the  Company's  services  to members  and
users.  

     The Company's general liability  insurance may not cover all potential
claims to which it is  exposed  or may not be  adequate  to  indemnify  the
Company for all liability that may be imposed.  Any imposition of liability
that is not  covered by  insurance  or is in excess of  insurance  coverage
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of
operations and financial condition.
    

Risks Associated with International Operations and Expansions

   
     A  part  of  the   Company's   strategy  is  to  continue  to  develop
theglobe.com community model in international markets. Approximately 25% to
35% of the  Company's  monthly  traffic  originates  from abroad,  although
substantially all of the Company's  advertising revenue is generated in the
United States. There can be no assurance that the Internet or the Company's
community  model will become widely accepted for advertising and e-commerce
in any  international  markets.  In addition,  the Company expects that the
success of any  additional  foreign  operations  it initiates in the future
will also be substantially  dependent upon local partners. If revenues from
international  ventures are not adequate to cover the  investments  in such
activities,  the Company's  business,  results of operations  and financial
condition  could be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  The Company may
experience difficulty in managing  international  operations as a result of
difficulty in locating an effective foreign partner, competition, technical
problems,  local laws and  regulations,  distance and language and cultural
differences,  and  there  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company  or its
international  partners will be able to successfully market and operate the
Company's  community  model in foreign  markets.  The Company also believes
that, in light of substantial anticipated competition, it will be necessary
to move quickly into  international  markets in order to effectively obtain
market share,  and there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able
to do so.  There  are  certain  risks  inherent  in  doing  business  on an
international level, such as unexpected changes in regulatory requirements,
trade barriers,  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign  operations,
fluctuations in currency exchange rates,  longer payment cycles in general,
problems  in  collecting  accounts  receivable,   difficulty  in  enforcing
contracts,  political  and economic  instability,  seasonal  reductions  in
business  activity  in  certain  other  parts of the world and  potentially
adverse tax  consequences.  There can be no  assurance  that one or more of
such  factors  will not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
future  international  operations  and,  consequently,   on  the  Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.
    

Control by Current Stockholders


   
     Following  the  completion  of the  Offerings,  Michael S.  Egan,  the
Chairman of the  Company,  will  beneficially  own or control,  directly or
indirectly,  shares of Common Stock which in the aggregate  will  represent
approximately % of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (and shares and %
on a fully diluted basis). Following consummation of the Offerings, Messrs.
Krizelman and Paternot, collectively, will beneficially own % of the Common
Stock ( % on a fully diluted basis). Following the Offerings, Messrs. Egan,
Krizelman and Paternot and certain  directors of the Company will also hold
outstanding  Warrants  exercisable for 4,046,018  shares of Common Stock in
the  aggregate.  See  "Description  of Capital Stock -- Warrants."  Messrs.
Egan, Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Rosalie V. Arthur, a director of
the  Company,   expect  to  enter  into  a  stockholders'   agreement  (the
"Stockholders'  Agreement")  pursuant  to which Mr. Egan agrees to vote for
certain nominees of Messrs.  Krizelman,  Paternot to the Board of Directors
and Messrs.  Krizelman  and Paternot  agree to vote for the nominees of Mr.
Egan to the Board who will  represent a majority of the Board of Directors.
Accordingly,  Mr.  Egan will have the  ability to elect a  majority  of the
directors of the Company and Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot will also
have the ability to control the outcome of all issues  submitted  to a vote
of the  stockholders  of  the  Company  requiring  majority  approval.  See
"Principal  Stockholders."  The  Stockholders'  Agreement will also provide
that Messrs. Egan, Krizelman,  Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be
subject to certain  "tag-along" and "drag-along"  rights in connection with
any private sale of securities of the Company after the  Offerings.  Voting
control by Messrs.  Egan,  Krizelman  and Paternot may  discourage  certain
types of transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of
the Company,  including  transactions  in which the holders of Common Stock
might receive a premium for their shares over prevailing market prices. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
    


Impact of the Year 2000

     The Year  2000  issue  is the  potential  for  system  and  processing
failures of date-related data and the result of computer-controlled systems
using two  digits  rather  than four to define  the  applicable  year.  For
example,  computer programs that have time-sensitive software may recognize
a date using "00" as the year 1900  rather  than the year 2000.  This could
result  in  system  failure  or  miscalculations   causing  disruptions  of
operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process
transactions,   send  invoices  or  engage  in  similar   normal   business
activities.

   
     The  Company   may  be  affected  by  Year  2000  issues   related  to
non-compliant  information  technology  ("IT")  systems  or non-IT  systems
operated by the Company or by third parties.  The Company has substantially
completed  assessment of its internal and external (third party) IT systems
and non-IT  systems.  At this point in its  assessment,  the Company is not
currently aware of any Year 2000 problems  relating to systems  operated by
the Company or by third  parties  that would have a material  effect on the
Company's business,  results of operations or financial condition,  without
taking into account the Company's efforts to avoid such problems.  Based on
its  assessnment  to date,  the  Company  does not  anticipate  that  costs
associated  with  remediating  the  Company's  non-compliant  IT systems or
non-IT systems will be material, although there can be no assurance to such
effect.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations - Impact of the Year 2000."

     To the extent  that the  Company's  assessment  is  finalized  without
identifying any additional  material  non-compliant  IT systems operated by
the Company or by third parties, the most reasonably likely worst case Year
2000 scenario is a systemic failure beyond the control of the Company, such
as a prolonged  telecommunications  or electrical  failure.  Such a failure
could prevent the Company from  operating its business,  prevent users from
accessing the  Company's  Web site,  or change the behavior of  advertising
customers or persons accessing the Company's Web site. The Company believes
that the  primary  business  risks,  in the  event of such  failure,  would
include  but  not be  limited  to,  lost  advertising  revenues,  increased
operating costs,  loss of customers or persons  accessing the Company's Web
site, or other  business  interruptions  of a material  nature,  as well as
claims of mismanagement,  misrepresentation,  or breach of contract, any of
which  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.
    

Impact of General Economic Conditions

     Time spent on the Internet by individuals,  purchases of new computers
and  purchases  of   membership   subscriptions   to  Internet   sites  are
discretionary  for  consumers and may be  particularly  affected by adverse
trends in the  general  economy.  The success of the  Company's  operations
depends  to a  significant  extent  upon a number of  factors  relating  to
discretionary   consumer  spending,   including  economic  conditions  (and
perceptions of such conditions by consumers)  affecting disposable consumer
income  such  as  employment,  wages  and  salaries,  business  conditions,
interest rates,  availability of credit and taxation,  for the economy as a
whole and in regional and local markets where the Company  operates.  There
can be no assurance that consumer  spending will not be adversely  affected
by general economic conditions, which could negatively impact the Company's
results of operations or financial condition. Any significant deterioration
in general  economic  conditions or increases in interest rates may inhibit
consumers'  use of  credit  and  cause a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's revenues and profitability.  In addition,  the Company's business
strategy  relies on  advertising  by and  agreements  with  other  Internet
companies.  Any significant  deterioration in general  economic  conditions
that adversely  affected these companies could also have a material adverse
effect on the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and  financial
condition.

No Prior Public Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price


   
     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The Company has applied for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.
If  the  Common  Stock  is  listed,  there  can be no  assurance  as to the
development or liquidity of any trading market for the Common Stock or that
investors  in the Common  Stock will be able to resell  their  shares at or
above the initial public offering price.  The initial public offering price
for the shares of Common  Stock  will be  determined  through  negotiations
between the Company and  representatives of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering.  See
"Underwriting."  The trading price of the  Company's  Common Stock could be
subject  to wide  fluctuations  in  response  to  quarterly  variations  in
operating  results,  announcements  of  technological  innovations  or  new
products  and  services  by the  Company  or its  competitors,  changes  in
financial estimates by securities  analysts,  the operating and stock price
performance of other  companies  that investors may deem  comparable to the
Company  and other  events or factors.  In  addition,  the stock  market in
general,   and  the  market  prices  for   Internet-related   companies  in
particular,  have  experienced  extreme  volatility  that  often  has  been
unrelated  to the  operating  performance  of such  companies.  These broad
market and industry  fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of
the  Company's  Common  Stock,   regardless  of  the  Company's   operating
performance.
    


Shares Eligible for Future Sale; No Prior Trading Market; Registration Rights


   
     Upon consummation of the Offerings,  the Company will have outstanding
a total  of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  approximately  1,638,800  and
1,438,041 shares of Common Stock subject to stock options granted under the
Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan,  respectively.
See  "Management--Executive  Compensation."  Of such shares,  the shares of
Common  Stock being sold in the  Offerings  (together  with any shares sold
upon  exercise  of  the  Underwriters'   over-allotment  options)  will  be
immediately  eligible for sale in the public  market  without  restriction,
except for shares  purchased by or issued to any "affiliate" of the Company
(within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act).  All of the shares of Common
Stock outstanding prior to the Offering will be "restricted  securities" as
such term is defined under Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act ("Rule 144")
in that such  shares were issued in private  transactions  not  involving a
public  offering.  Restricted  securities  may be sold in the public market
only if  registered or if they qualify for an exemption  from  registration
under Rules 144,  144(k)or  701  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act or
another exemption from registration.  In addition, upon consummation of the
Offerings,  4,046,018 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon exercise
of an outstanding  Warrants.  Approximately  shares of Common Stock are not
subject to the volume  limitations  of Rule 144 and are currently  eligible
for sale in the public market without  restriction,  except for shares held
by an "affiliate" of the Company.  Certain holders of the Company's  Common
Stock have been  granted  registration  rights with respect to such shares.
Additionally, holders of a substantial portion of the Company's outstanding
equity have been granted  registration rights with respect to the shares of
Common Stock into which their securities are convertible.  See "Description
of Capital Stock-- Registration Rights." However,  pursuant to the terms of
the agreements pursuant to which the registration rights were granted, such
holders  have  agreed not to sell or  otherwise  transfer or dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or other  securities  of the  Company  held by them
without  the consent of the Company for a period of seven days prior to and
up to 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. Additionally, the Company
and members of the Company's management who are stockholders of the Company
and  certain  other  stockholders  have  agreed  that,  subject  to certain
exceptions,  for a period of 180 days  after  the date of this  Prospectus,
without the prior written  consent of Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc.,  they will
not, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any
option for the sale,  pledge,  make any short sale,  establish an open "put
equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange
Act or  otherwise  dispose  of any  shares of Common  Stock (or  securities
convertible into,  exercisable for or exchangeable for Common Stock) of the
Company  or of any of its  subsidiaries.  The  Company  intends  to  file a
registration  statement  on Form S-8 for the shares  held  pursuant  to its
option plans and stock  incentive  plan that may make those  shares  freely
tradeable.  Such registration  statement will become effective  immediately
upon  filing,  and  shares  covered  by that  registration  statement  will
thereupon  be  eligible  for sale in the  public  markets,  subject  to the
applicable  lock-up  agreements  and Rule  144  limitations  applicable  to
affiliates. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    


     No information is currently available and no prediction can be made as
to the timing or amount of future  sales of such shares or the  effect,  if
any, that future sales of shares,  or the availability of shares for future
sale,  will have on the market  price of the Common Stock  prevailing  from
time to time.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of Common  Stock  (including
shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options), or the perception that
such sales could occur, could materially adversely affect prevailing market
prices for the Common  Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity
capital  in  the  future.   See  "Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale"  and
"Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."

Antitakeover Effect of Certain Charter Provisions


     Prior to the  consummation  of the  Offerings,  the Board of Directors
expects to adopt a Rights Agreement  (defined below),  to be effective upon
the   consummation   of  the  Offerings,   that  may  have  the  effect  of
discouraging,  delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company or
unsolicited  acquisition  proposals.  Further,  certain  provisions  of the
Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-Laws and of Delaware  law
could have the effect of delaying or  preventing a change in control of the
Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."


   
Significant Dilution; Absence of Dividends
    


     Investors  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock in the  Offerings  will
incur  immediate  and  substantial  dilution of $ per share in net tangible
book value per share of the Common Stock from the initial  public  offering
price.  To the extent  outstanding  options to  purchase  Common  Stock are
exercised,  there will be further dilution.  In addition,  the Company does
not anticipate  paying any cash dividends in the  foreseeable  future.  See
"Dividend Policy" and "Dilution."


           CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


   
     This Prospectus contains  statements that constitute  "forward-looking
statements." These forward-looking  statements can be identified by the use
of  predictive,   future-tense  or  forward-looking  terminology,  such  as
"believes,"   "anticipates,"  "expects,"  "estimates,"  "may,"  "will,"  or
similar  terms.  These  statements  appear  in a number  of  places in this
Prospectus and include statements  regarding the intent,  belief or current
expectations of the Company, its directors or its officers with respect to,
among other things: (i) trends affecting the Company's  financial condition
or  results  of  operations,   (ii)  the  Company's   business  and  growth
strategies, (iii) the Internet and Internet commerce and (iv) the Company's
financing  plans.  Investors  are cautioned  that any such  forward-looking
statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve significant
risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from
those  projected in the  forward-looking  statements as a result of various
factors. Factors that could adversely affect actual results and performance
include, among others, the Company's limited operating history,  dependence
on continued  growth in the use of the  Internet,  the  Company's  unproven
business model,  dependence on members,  reliance on advertising  revenues,
potential  fluctuations in quarterly  operating results,  security risks of
transmitting   information  over  the  Internet,   government   regulation,
technological   change  and  competition.   The  accompanying   information
contained  in  this  Prospectus,   including,   without   limitation,   the
information  set forth  under the  heading  "Risk  Factors,"  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"
and  "Business"   identifies   important   additional  factors  that  could
materially  adversely  affect actual results and  performance.  Prospective
investors are urged to carefully consider such factors. All forward-looking
statements  attributable  to the Company are  expressly  qualified in their
entirety by the foregoing cautionary statement.
    




                           CONCURRENT OFFERINGS

   
     Concurrent  with the  shares  offered  hereby  in the  Initial  Public
Offering,  the Company  intends to sell to the Concurrent  Purchasers up to
shares of Common  Stock at a price  equal to the  Initial  Public  Offering
price  less  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  but  including  the
Placement  Agent Fee. The Company  expects that the  Concurrent  Purchasers
will  include  certain  of  the  Company's  directors  and  officers.   The
consummation of the Concurrent Offering and the Initial Public Offering are
not  contingent  upon  each  other.  The  Concurrent  Offering  will not be
consummated  with respect to less than shares.  In the event the Concurrent
Offering  is not  consummated  by the closing  date of the  Initial  Public
Offering,  the Concurrent Offering will be terminated and all payments made
by the Concurrent  Purchasers in connection  with the  Concurrent  Offering
will be promptly  returned.  If the Concurrent  Offering is not consummated
for all the  proposed  shares,  the shares of Common  Stock not sold to the
Concurrent  Purchasers  will not be offered to  purchasers  in the  Initial
Public  Offering.  All  proceeds of the  Concurrent  Offering  will be paid
directly to the Company and will be segregated  in a separate  non-interest
bearing bank account established by the Company pending the consummation of
the Concurrent Offering.  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan &
Company  are  acting  as  the  Placement  Agents  in  connection  with  the
Concurrent Offering. The Placement Agents will receive a fee of $ per share
of Common Stock sold in the Concurrent  Offering and will be indemnified by
the Company against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
Securities Act. See "Underwriting."
    



                              USE OF PROCEEDS


     The net  proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common
Stock  offered  in  the  Offerings  by  the  Company  are  estimated  to be
approximately   $       million   (approximately   $       million  if  the
Underwriters'  overallotment  option is  exercised  in  full),  based on an
assumed  initial public  offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of
the  estimated  range)  and  after  deducting  the  estimated  underwriting
discounts  and  commissions,  Placement  Agent  Fees  and  other  estimated
offering expenses. See "Description of Capital Stock."

   
     The  Company  will  use  the  net  proceeds  of  the   Offerings   for
advertising,   brand  name  promotions  and  for  other  general  corporate
purposes,  including investment in the development and functionality of its
Web site,  enhancements of the Company's network infrastructure and working
capital.  The Company may also use a portion of the proceeds for  strategic
alliances  and   acquisitions.   Although  the  Company  reviews  potential
strategic alliances and acquisitions from time to time, it has not had more
than  preliminary  discussions  with  respect  to  any  such  alliances  or
acquisitions. The Company has not yet determined the amount of net proceeds
to be used  specifically for each of the foregoing  purposes.  Accordingly,
management will have  significant  flexibility in applying the net proceeds
of the  Offerings.  Pending any such use, as described  above,  the Company
intends to invest the net  proceeds in  interest-bearing  instruments.  See
"Risk Factors -- Broad Discretion in Use of Proceeds."
    


                              DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has not declared or paid any cash  dividends on its Common
Stock. The Company currently intends to retain its future earnings, if any,
to fund the development and growth of its business and, therefore, does not
anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  in the  foreseeable  future.  The
declaration  and  payment of  dividends  by the  Company are subject to the
discretion  of the Board of  Directors.  Any  future  determination  to pay
dividends  will depend on the Company's  results of  operations,  financial
condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors
deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

                               CAPITALIZATION

   
     The following  table sets forth (i) the actual  capitalization  of the
Company as of June 30, 1998, (ii) the pro forma  capitalization  as of such
date,  after giving effect to the conversion of all  outstanding  shares of
Preferred Stock into Common Stock and (iii) the pro forma capitalization of
the Company as of June 30, 1998 as adjusted to reflect the shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed  initial public  offering
price of $ per share. The capitalization information set forth in the table
below is qualified  and should be read in  conjunction  with the  Financial
Statements and Notes related thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

                                                  June 30, 1998
                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                                   Pro Forma
                                            Actual    Pro Forma   As Adjusted
                                ---------------------------------------------
                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                
Obligations under capital leases, 
excluding current installments..........$      629     $    629
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, 3,000,000 
   shares authorized:
   Series A through E, $.001 
   par value; 2,900,001 shares 
   authorized; 2,899,991 shares           
   issued and outstanding (aggregate
   liquidation value of $21,886,110);
   none issued and outstanding, pro
   forma and pro forma as adjusted......         3           --
   
   
  Common Stock, $.001 par value;
   22,000,000 shares authorized, 
   actual, 100,000,000 shares 
   authorized pro forma and pro forma 
   as adjusted; 2,393,958 shares issued 
   and outstanding, actual; 13,341,527
   shares outstanding, pro forma;
   shares issued and outstanding, 
   pro forma as adjusted (1)(2).........         2           13
    
   
  Unrealized loss on available-for-sale  
   securities...........................       (30)         (30)
   Additional paid-in capital...........    21,873       21,865
  Deferred compensation.................       (52)         (52)
  Accumulated deficit...................   (10,225)     (10,225)
  Total stockholders' equity............    11,571       11,571
                                           ========     ========
      Total capitalization..............   $12,200      $12,200     $
      ----------------------------------   ========     ========    ========


   
     (1) Based on the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  as of
     June 30,  1998,  and adjusted to include  10,947,469  shares of Common
     Stock that will be issued upon the automatic  conversion of all of the
     Company's  outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock upon consummation of
     the  Offerings.  Authorized  pro forma and pro forma as adjusted gives
     effect to Fourth Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of
     the  Company  to  become   effective  prior  to  consummation  of  the
     Offerings.  Each share of the  Company's  Series A, B and C  Preferred
     Stock,  totaling  2,899,940  shares,  by its terms, are  automatically
     convertible  into one share of Common Stock.  Each of the Company's 51
     shares of Series D Preferred Stock are automatically  convertible into
     approximately  157,795  shares of  Common  Stock,  totaling  8,047,529
     shares.  Based upon the Series D Preferred Stock's original conversion
     terms, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock are to be converted into
     51% of the Company's  fully diluted  shares on the date of conversion,
     excluding  800,000  options from the Company's  1998 Stock Option Plan
     and the  Series  E  Warrants.  See Note 5 to the  Company's  Financial
     Statements.

     (2)  Excludes  4,046,018  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
     exercise of outstanding Warrants at an exercise price of approximately
     $1.45 per share  following  the  consummation  of the  Offerings.  See
     "Description  of  Capital   Stock--Warrants."   If  the  Underwriters'
     over-allotment  option were exercised in full, an additional shares of
     Common  Stock  would be  offered by the  Company  and shares of Common
     Stock would be outstanding  after the Offerings.  See  "Underwriting."
     Excludes (i) 1,638,800 and 1,438,041  shares of Common Stock  issuable
     upon the exercise of stock options that would be outstanding after the
     Offerings  under the  Company's  1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock
     Option Plan,  respectively,  at a weighted average exercise price of $
     per share (based on an initial public  offering price of $ ) and $ per
     share,  respectively  and (ii)  161,200 and one share of Common  Stock
     reserved for future  issuance  under the  Company's  1998 Stock Option
     Plan   and   the   1995   Stock   Option   Plan,   respectively.   See
     "Capitalization,"  "Management--Executive  Compensation," "Description
     of Capital Stock" and Financial  Statements and Notes related  thereto
     appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    



                                  DILUTION


     The pro forma net  tangible  book value of the  Company as of June 30,
1998,  after giving effect to the conversion of all  outstanding  shares of
Preferred Stock into 10,947,469  shares of Common Stock was approximately $
     or $     per share of Common Stock.  Pro forma net tangible book value
per share is determined by dividing the pro forma tangible net worth of the
Company  (pro  forma  total  assets  less  goodwill  less pro  forma  total
liabilities)  by the number of shares of Common Stock.  After giving effect
to the sale of       shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $     per share and the application of the
estimated  net proceeds  from the  Offerings,  pro forma net tangible  book
value of the  Company as of June 30,  1998 would have been $     per share.
This represents an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value
of $     per share to existing  stockholders  and an immediate  dilution in
pro forma net tangible book value of $     per share to new investors.  The
following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

    Assumed initial public offering price per share....           $____
                                                                   
     Pro forma net  tangible  book value per share as of  
     June 30, 1998.....................................   $____
     Increase per share attributable to new investors..    ____
    Pro forma net  tangible  book value per share  after
     the Offerings.....................................            ____
    Dilution per share to new investors................           $     (1)
                                                                  =======

- -----------

 (1) The  foregoing  computations  assume no exercise of the  Underwriters'
     overallotment  option,  stock  options or the  Warrants.  The Warrants
     entitle the holders  thereof to purchase  an  aggregate  of  4,046,018
     shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per
     share. If the foregoing  Warrants had been exercised at June 30, 1998,
     pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offerings  would
     have been $    ,  representing an immediate  dilution to new investors
     of $      per share and an  immediate  increase in net  tangible  book
     value of $      per share attributable to the Offerings.

     The following  table  summarizes,  as of June 30, 1998,  the number of
shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company,  the total consideration
paid and the average price per share paid by the existing  stockholders and
by new investors purchasing shares in this Offering (after giving effect to
the conversion of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock into shares of
Common Stock and before deduction of estimated  underwriting  discounts and
commissions and other estimated expenses of the Offerings):

                          Shares Purchased     Total Consideration    Average
                        -------- -----------  ---------------------     Price
                         Number  Percentage    Amount   Percentage   Per Share
                        -------- -----------  -------- ------------  ---------
Existing 
 stockholders(1)...... 13,341,527           $ 21,900,057             $ 1.64

Investors in the
 Concurrent Offering...                     $                        $
                       --------(2)            --------               ---------

Investors in the
 Initial Public 
 Offering 
                       ---------- ----------  -------- ------------  ---------

   Total...............        (3)    100%                   100%
                       ========== ==========  ======== ============  =========

- -------------------------

 (1) Assumes all of the Company's  outstanding Preferred Stock is converted
     into Common Stock.  Excludes 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock that may
     be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants at approximately $1.45 per
     share.

 (2) Represents an estimate of the number of shares to be purchased.   

   
 (3) Excludes  1,638,800 and 1,438,041  shares of Common Stock reserved for
     issuance  under options that will be  outstanding  after the Offerings
     pursuant to the  Company's  1998 Stock  Option Plan and the  Company's
     1995 Stock Option Plan,  respectively at a weighted  average  exercise
     price of $     per share (based on an initial public offering price of
     $    ) and $     per share,  respectively.  See "Management--Executive
     Compensation,"  "Description of Capital  Stock--Warrants" and Note ___
     of Notes to  Financial  Statements.  To the extent  outstanding  stock
     options  are  exercised,   there  will  be  further  dilution  to  new
     investors.
    


                          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

     The following selected  consolidated  financial data should be read in
conjunction  with the  Company's  Financial  Statements  and Notes  related
thereto and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of  Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  The
consolidated  statement of operations  data for the period from May 1, 1995
(inception)  to  December  31,  1995 and each of the years in the  two-year
period ended December 31, 1997, and the consolidated  balance sheet data at
December  31, 1996 and 1997,  are derived from the  consolidated  financial
statements of the Company which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent accountants, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
balance sheet data at December 31, 1995 are derived from audited  financial
statements of the Company not included herein.  The statement of operations
data for each of the six-month  periods  ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  and
the balance sheet data at June 30, 1998, are derived from unaudited interim
financial  statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The unaudited financial  statements have been prepared on substantially the
same basis as the  audited  financial  statements  and,  in the  opinion of
management,  include all  adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations
for such periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected in the  future,  and results of interim  periods are
not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.





                                                  May  1, 1995
                                                   (inception)
                                                     through              Year Ended                    Six Months Ended
                                                   December 31,           December 31,                     June 30,
                                                  -------------           -----------                      --------
                                                      1995           1996           1997           1997             1998
                                                      ----           ----           ----           ----             ----

                                                                                                     

   
Statement of
  Operations Data:
Revenues ......................................   $        27    $       229    $       770    $       208      $     1,173
Cost of revenues ..............................            13            116            423            106              503
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Gross profit ..................................            14            113            347            102              670
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing..........................             1            276          1,248            224            4,493
  Product development..........................            60            120            154             63              251
  General and administrative...................            19            489          2,828            594            2,396
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
  Total Operating Expenses.....................            80            885          4,230            881            7,140
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Loss from operations...........................           (66)          (772)        (3,883)          (779)          (6,470)
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Interest income (expense),            
  net .........................................            (0)            22            335             12              673
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Loss before provision for...................... 
  income taxes ................................           (66)          (750)        (3,548)          (767)          (5,797)
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Provision for income taxes.....................            --             --             36                              27
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Net loss ......................................   $       (66)   $      (750)  $     (3,584)  $       (767)     $    (5,824)
                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========
Basic and diluted
  net loss per share(1)........................   $     (0.03)   $     (0.33)   $     (1.56)  $      (0.34)     $     (2.51)
                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========
Weighted average
  shares outstanding
  used in basic and
  diluted per share                            
  calculation(1)...............................     2,250,000      2,250,000      2,293,545      2,281,920        2,322,778
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share(2).................................
Weighted average shares used computing
  pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share(2).................................
    


                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========






                                                                     December 31,                                   June 30,
                                                                     ------------                                   --------
                                                       1995              1996         1997                            1998
                                                       -----             ----         ----                            ----
                                                                                                            
   
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
  equivalents and
  short-term investments.......................      $    587        $   757        $18,874                         $13,155
Working capital ...............................           575            648         17,117                          10,452
Total assets ..................................           647            973         19,462                          15,603
Capital lease
  obligations, excluding
  current installments.........................            --             --             99                             629
Total stockholders'
  equity.......................................       $   632        $   795        $17,352                         $11,571
    
  

(1)  Weighted  average  shares do not include any common stock  equivalents
     because such inclusion  would have been  anti-dilutive.  See Financial
     Statements  and Notes  related  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in this
     Prospectus for an explanation of the weighted average number of shares
     used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per share.

   
(2)  Pro forma gives effect to Preferred Stock conversion.
    





                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     All statements, trend analysis and other information contained in this
Prospectus  relative to markets for the  Company's  products  and trends in
revenues,  gross margin and anticipated  expense  levels,  as well as other
statements  including  words  such as  "believe,"  "anticipate,"  "expect,"
"estimate," "plan" and "intend" and other similar  expressions,  constitute
forward-looking statements. Those forward-looking statements are subject to
business and economic risks, and the Company's actual results of operations
may  differ   materially  from  those  contained  in  the   forward-looking
statements.  For a more detailed  discussion of these business and economic
risks,  see "Risk  Factors."  The  following  discussion  of the  financial
condition and results of  operations of the Company  should also be read in
conjunction  with the Financial  Statements  and the Notes related  thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Overview

   
     theglobe.com  is one of the world's leading online  communities  today
with over 1.9  million  members in the United  States and  abroad.  In June
1998,  6.1  million  unique  users  visited  the  site.  theglobe.com  is a
destination  on the  Internet  where  users are able to  personalize  their
online  experience by  publishing  their own content and  interacting  with
others having similar interests.  theglobe.com facilitates this interaction
by  providing   various  free  services,   including  home  page  building,
discussion  forums,  chat,  e-mail  and a  marketplace  where  members  can
purchase a variety of products  and  services.  Additionally,  theglobe.com
provides its users news,  weather,  movie and music  reviews,  multi-player
gaming,  horoscopes  and personals.  By satisfying its users'  personal and
practical  needs,  theglobe.com  seeks to become  their  online  home.  The
Company's  primary  revenue  source  is  the  sale  of  advertising,   with
additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements, and the sale
of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  in May  1995.  For  the  period  from
inception  through  December  1995,  the Company had minimal  sales and its
operating  activities related primarily to the development of the necessary
computer   infrastructure   and  initial   planning  and   development   of
theglobe.com.  Operating  expenses in 1995 were minimal.  During 1996,  the
Company  continued the foregoing  activities and also focused on recruiting
personnel,  raising capital,  and developing programs to attract and retain
members.  In 1997,  the Company  moved its  headquarters  to New York City,
expanded  its  membership  base from less than 250,000 to almost 1 million,
improved and upgraded its services, expanded its production staff, built an
internal sales  department,  and began active  promotion of theglobe.com to
increase  market  awareness.  From the end of 1997  through  June 30, 1998,
revenues and operating  expenses have increased as the Company has placed a
greater  emphasis on building its  advertising  revenues and memberships by
expanding its sales force and promoting theglobe.com brand.
    

     To date, the Company's revenues have been derived principally from the
sale of advertisements and, to a lesser extent, from subscription revenues.
E-commerce  revenues have not been significant to date, but are expected to
increase as the Company's  existing  e-commerce  arrangements  grow and new
arrangements  are entered into.  Advertising  revenues  constituted  89% of
total  revenues  for the six months  ended  June 30,  1998 and 77% of total
revenues for the year ended  December 31, 1997. The Company sells a variety
of advertising packages to clients, including banner advertisements,  event
sponsorship,  and targeted and direct response  advertisements.  Currently,
the Company's  advertising revenues are derived principally from short-term
advertising arrangements, averaging one to two months, in which the Company
guarantees a minimum  number of  impressions  for a fixed fee.  Advertising
revenues are recognized ratably in the period in which the advertisement is
displayed,  provided that no  significant  Company  obligations  remain and
collection of the resulting receivable is probable.  Payments received from
advertisers  prior  to  displaying  their  advertisements  on the  site are
recorded as deferred  revenues and are  recognized as revenue  ratably when
the advertisement is displayed. To the extent minimum guaranteed impression
levels are not met, the Company  defers  recognition  of the  corresponding
revenues until guaranteed levels are achieved.


     In  addition  to  advertising  revenues,  the  Company  derives  other
revenues  primarily  from  its  membership  subscriptions.   The  Company's
membership  programs  offer premium  services for a monthly fee,  providing
additional  services such as  incremental  storage space and the ability to
host limited commercial  activity.  Although  non-advertising  revenues may
continue to grow through the development of new membership programs and the
planned introduction of theglobe.com's  e-commerce  merchandising solution,
globeStores,  in the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company  expects to derive
its revenue  principally from the sale of advertising space on its Web site
for the foreseeable  future.  The Company's  recent  arrangements  with its
premier  e-commerce  partners  generally provide the Company with a fee for
renting  space in  theglobe.com  Marketplace,  and/or a share of any  sales
resulting  from direct links from the  Company's  Web site.  Revenues  from
these  programs  will be  recognized  in the  month  that  the  service  is
provided.  Revenues  from  the  Company's  share of the  proceeds  from its
e-commerce   partners'  sales  will  be  recognized  by  the  Company  upon
notification from its partners of sales attributable to the Company's site.
To date, revenues from e-commerce arrangements have not been material.


     The Company incurred net losses of $65,706,  $750,180 and $3.6 million
for the period from May 1, 1995 (date of  inception)  to December 31, 1995,
and the years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and $5.8
million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1998.  At June 30,  1998,  the
Company had an  accumulated  deficit of $10.2  million.  The net losses and
accumulated  deficit  resulted  from  the  Company's  lack  of  substantial
revenues  and the  significant  operation,  infrastructure  and other costs
incurred in the development and marketing of the Company's  services.  As a
result of its  expansion  plans,  the Company  expects to incur  additional
losses  from  operations  for the  foreseeable  future.  To the extent that
increases  in  its  operating  expenses  precede  or are  not  subsequently
followed by  commensurate  increases  in  revenues,  or that the Company is
unable  to adjust  operating  expense  levels  accordingly,  the  Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially
and  adversely  affected.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will
ever  achieve  or sustain  profitability  or that the  Company's  operating
losses will not increase in the future.

     The  Company  has  recorded  deferred  compensation  of  approximately
$25,000  and  $83,100  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
respectively,  in  connection  with the grant of certain  stock  options to
employees,  representing  the  difference  between the deemed  value of the
Company's  Common Stock for  accounting  purposes and the exercise price of
such options at the date of grant.  Such amount is presented as a reduction
of  stockholders'  equity  and  amortized  over the  vesting  period of the
applicable options, generally three to five years. Amortization of deferred
stock compensation is allocated to the general and  administrative  expense
line  identified on the statement of operations.  As a result,  the Company
currently   expects  to  amortize   the   following   amounts  of  deferred
compensation   annually:   1998--$46,200;    1999--$26,300;   2000--$1,800;
2001--$1,200;  and 2002--$500.  Amortization of deferred  compensation  was
$23,100  and  $28,100  for the six months  ended June 30, 1998 and the year
ended  1997,  respectively.  The  Company  expects  to  record a charge  to
earnings  in the third  quarter  of 1998 in  connection  with the  transfer
during the third quarter of 1998 of Warrants to acquire  450,000  shares of
Common Stock from Dancing Bear  Investments  (its largest  stockholder)  to
Todd V. Krizelman,  Stephan J. Paternot and Edward A. Cespedes.  The amount
of such charge will be  determined  by the  difference  between the initial
public  offering  price  per  share  and the  exercise  price  per  Warrant
(approximately $1.45 per share).

   
     Also,  during  July  1998,  pursuant  to the  terms  of an  employment
agreement with an officer of the Company, the Company granted stock options
to  purchase  225,000  shares of Common  Stock,  175,000  of which  have an
exercise price per share equal to 85% of the initial public offering price.
The remaining  options will be granted at the initial public offering price
which is equal to the fair market value per share of the  Company's  Common
Stock on the date of grant.  As a result,  the Company will record deferred
compensation expense,  representing the difference between the deemed value
of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  the initial  public  offering  price for
accounting  purposes and the exercise  price of such options at the date of
grant.  Such amount  shall be  presented  as a reduction  of  stockholders'
equity and amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options. The
options shall vest with respect to one-third of the shares subject  thereto
on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
    

Results of Operations

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  results  of  operations  (as a
percentage  of total  revenues)  for the  periods  indicated  by each  item
reflected  in the  Company's  statement  of  operations.  Given its limited
operating  history,  the Company  believes that an analysis of its cost and
expense categories as a percentage of revenue is not meaningful.





                                      May 1,
                                       1995
                                    (inception)
                                         to                                       Six Months Ended
                                    December 31,    Year Ended December 31,           June 30,
                                    ------------    -----------------------           --------
                                       1995           1996          1997          1997        1998
                                       ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
                                                  

                                                                                
Revenues..........................     100%           100%          100%          100%        100%
Cost of revenues..................      48%            51%           55%           51%         43%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
  Gross profit ...................      52%            49%           45%           49%         57%
Operating expenses:                                                              
   Sales and marketing............       5%           121%          162%          108%        383%
   Product development                 224%            52%           20%           30%         21%
   General and administrative.....      68%           213%          367%          285%        204%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
          Total Operating expenses     297%           386%          549%          423%        608%
                                      ----           ----         ----           ----        ----
Loss from operations..............    (245%)         (337%)        (504%)        (374%)      (551%)
Interest income (expense), net....      (0%)           10%           43%            5%         57%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
Loss before provision for income                  
   taxes..........................    (245%)         (327%)        (461%)        (369%)      (494%)
Provision for income taxes........       0%             0%            4%            0%          2%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
Net loss..........................    (245%)         (327%)        (465%)        (369%)      (496%)
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
                                                                           



                                               
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1998

     Revenues.  Revenues  increased  from $208,241 for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 to $1.2 million for the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  an
increase of 463%. The period to period growth in revenues  resulted from an
increase in (i) the number of advertisers  as well as the average  contract
duration  and value,  (ii) the  Company's  Web site  traffic and (iii) to a
lesser extent, its subscription memberships.


     Advertising  Revenues.  Advertising  revenues  were $144,166 or 69% of
total revenues and $1.0 million or 89% of total revenues for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  Commencing in April 1996, the
Company  engaged  an  Internet  advertising  service  provider  to sell the
Company's Web site advertising inventory in exchange for a service fee. The
Company  recognized  revenues net of such service fees.  Commencing  May 1,
1997, the Company  canceled this  arrangement  and created its own internal
sales  department in order to properly  represent  theglobe.com  brand on a
consistent basis as well as to reduce overall sales costs. Accordingly, the
advertisements sold by the Internet  advertising service provider accounted
for  approximately  28% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30,
1997.  The  Company  did not record any  similar  expense in the six months
ended June 30, 1998. In addition,  the Company recorded $37,500 and $39,906
of barter advertising revenues,  representing 18% and 3% of total revenues,
for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1997 and  1998,  respectively,  which
primarily  related to an advertising  contract with a major Internet search
engine provider that was cancelled in January 1998. The Company anticipates
that advertising  revenues will continue to account for a substantial share
of total revenues for the  foreseeable  future and that barter revenue will
continue  to  comprise  an  insignificant  portion of the  Company's  total
revenues in the future.


     Subscription Revenues. The Company's subscription  membership revenues
were $64,075 or 31% of total revenues and $129,792 or 11% of total revenues
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.  At June 30,
1998,  the  Company had  deferred  revenues of  $132,353,  attributable  to
prepaid  subscription  memberships  which are  amortized  ratably  over the
remaining membership term, typically ranging from one to 12 months.

     Cost of  Revenues.  Cost of revenues  consists  primarily  of Internet
connection charges, Web site equipment leasing costs, depreciation,  barter
advertising  expenses,  salaries of operations  personnel and other related
maintenance  and support costs.  Gross margins were 49% and 57% for the six
months  ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  The increase in gross
margin was primarily due to a greater increase in revenues  relative to the
increase in cost of revenues. In addition, the Company recorded $37,500 and
$39,906 of barter advertising expenses during the six months ended June 30,
1997  and  1998,  respectively,  included  in cost of  revenues,  which  is
equivalent to the barter advertising  revenues recorded in the same period.
The  June  30,  1997  and  1998  gross  margins  exclusive  of  the  barter
transactions were 60% and 59%, respectively.  Therefore,  excluding barter,
gross margins have remained fairly consistent from period to period.

     Sales and Marketing  Expenses.  Sales and marketing  expenses  consist
primarily  of  salaries  of sales  and  marketing  personnel,  commissions,
advertising,  public  relations,  sales force and other  marketing  related
expenses.  Sales and marketing  expenses increased from $224,170 or 108% of
total  revenues  for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 to $4.5 million or
383% of total  revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  The period
to  period   increase  in  sales  and  marketing   expenses  was  primarily
attributable  to expansion of the Company's  online and print  advertising,
public relations and other promotional  expenditures,  as well as increased
sales and marketing  personnel and related  expenses  required to implement
the  Company's  marketing  strategy  in the first  half of 1998.  Sales and
marketing  expenses also increased as a result of the Company's decision to
shift its advertising to an internal sales department in the second quarter
of 1997.  Sales and marketing  expenses as a percentage  of total  revenues
have increased as a result of the continued  development and implementation
of  theglobe.com's  branding and marketing  campaign.  The Company  expects
sales and marketing  expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars
for the foreseeable  future as the Company continues its branding strategy,
expands its direct sales force,  hires additional  marketing  personnel and
increases expenditures for marketing and promotion.

     Product Development  Expenses.  Product  development  expenses include
personnel costs  associated with the  development,  testing and upgrades to
the  Company's  Web site and systems as well as personnel  costs related to
its  editorial  content  and  community  management  and  support.  Product
development  expenses  increased  from $62,500 or 30% of total revenues for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $250,869 or 21% of total revenues for
the six months ended June 30, 1998. The absolute dollar increase in product
development  expenses was  primarily  attributable  to  increased  staffing
levels required to support theglobe.com and related back-office systems and
to enhance the content and  features  within the  Company's  Web site.  The
Company  believes that timely  deployment of new and enhanced  features and
technology are critical to attaining its strategic objectives and remaining
competitive.  Accordingly,  the Company intends to continue  recruiting and
hiring  experienced  product  development  personnel and to make additional
investments  in  product   development.   The  Company   expenses   product
development  costs as incurred.  As such, the Company  expects that product
development  expenditures  will  increase  in  absolute  dollars  in future
periods.

     General  and  Administrative  Expenses.   General  and  administrative
expenses  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  related  costs for general
corporate functions,  including finance,  accounting,  facilities and legal
expenses,  and fees for professional  services.  General and administrative
expenses  increased  from  $594,358 or 285% of total  revenues  for the six
months  ended June 30, 1997 to $2.4  million or 204% of total  revenues for
the six months ended June 30, 1998, an increase of $1.8  million,  or 303%.
The absolute  dollar  increase in general and  administrative  expenses was
primarily due to increased  salaries and related  expenses  associated with
management's  employment  contracts,  hiring of additional  personnel,  and
increases in  professional  fees and travel.  The  increased  salaries also
reflect the highly  competitive nature of hiring in the new media industry.
The   Company   expects   that  it  will  incur   additional   general  and
administrative  expenses  as the Company  hires  additional  personnel  and
incurs  additional  costs  related  to the growth of the  business  and its
operation as a public company, including directors' and officers' liability
insurance,  investor  relations  programs and  professional  service  fees.
Accordingly,  the  Company  anticipates  that  general  and  administrative
expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars.

     Interest  Income  (Expense),   Net.  Interest  income  (expense),  net
includes  income  from the  Company's  cash and  investments  and  expenses
related  to  the  Company's  capital  lease  obligations.  Interest  income
(expense),  net  increased  from  $11,384 for the six months ended June 30,
1997 to $672,637 for the six months ended on June 30, 1998,  an increase of
$661,253.  The increase in interest  income was  primarily  due to a higher
average cash, cash equivalent and investment balance as a result of capital
received  from the issuance of shares of the Company's  Preferred  Stock in
the third quarter of 1997.

     Income  Taxes.  Income  taxes of $26,500 for the six months ended June
30,  1998 are  based  solely  on state  and  local  taxes on  business  and
investment  capital.  The  Company's  effective  tax rate  differs from the
statutory federal income tax rate, primarily as a result of the uncertainty
regarding  the  Company's   ability  to  utilize  its  net  operating  loss
carryforwards. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing or realization
of the  benefits  of its net  operating  loss  carryforwards  in future tax
returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against its otherwise
recognizable  deferred  tax assets.  As of June 30, 1998 and  December  31,
1997,  the  Company had  approximately  $9.9  million  and $4.4  million of
federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  tax  reporting  purposes
available  to offset  future  taxable  income.  The  Company's  federal net
operating   loss   carryforwards   expire   beginning  2000  through  2012,
respectively.  The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes substantial  restrictions
on the utilization of net operating  losses and tax credits in the event of
an "ownership change" of a corporation.  Due to the change in the Company's
ownership  interests  in the  third  quarter  of 1997,  as  defined  in the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  future utilization
of the  Company's  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  will be  subject to
certain  limitations  or  annual  restrictions.  See Note 5 to the Notes to
Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Comparison of the Period From May 1, 1995  (Inception) to December 31, 1995
and Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1997

     Revenues. Revenues were $26,815, $229,363, and $770,293 for the period
from May 1, 1995  (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended
December  31,  1996 and 1997,  respectively.  The  period to period  growth
resulted from an increase in (i) the number of  advertisers  as well as the
average  contract  duration and value,  (ii) the Company's Web site traffic
and (iii) to a lesser extent, its subscription memberships.


     Advertising  Revenues.  Advertising  revenues  were $26,815 or 100% of
total revenues,  $216,814 or 95% of total revenues,  and $592,409 or 77% of
total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception) to December 31,
1995,  and for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.
Commencing  in April  1996,  the Company  engaged an  Internet  advertising
service  provider to sell the Company's Web site  advertising  inventory in
exchange for a service fee.  During 1996,  the  advertisements  sold by the
Internet  advertising  service provider  accounted for approximately 71% of
total  revenues.   Commencing  May  1,  1997,  the  Company  canceled  this
arrangement  and  created its own  internal  sales  department  in order to
represent  theglobe.com  brand on a  consistent  basis as well as to reduce
overall sales costs.  During 1997, revenues from this service provider were
only 8% of total revenues.  During 1997, the Company  recorded  $166,500 of
barter  advertising  revenues,  representing  22% of total revenues,  which
primarily  related to an advertising  contract with a major Internet search
engine provider.


     Subscription Revenues. The Company's subscription  membership revenues
were $12,549 or 5% of total  revenues and $177,884 or 23% of total revenues
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  At December
31,  1996 and 1997,  the  Company  had  deferred  revenues  of $32,144  and
$113,290,  respectively,  attributable to prepaid subscription memberships.
The Company did not have subscription revenues in its year of inception.

     Cost of  Revenues.  Cost of  revenues  were  $12,779  or 48% of  total
revenues,  $116,780  or 51% of  total  revenues,  $423,706  or 55% of total
revenues for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception) to December 31, 1995,
and for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  Gross
margins were 52%,  49% and 45% in 1995,  1996 and 1997,  respectively.  The
general  decline in gross  margins as a  percentage  of total  revenues was
attributable to the growth of the networking infrastructure resulting in an
increase in Internet connection, support and maintenance charges, equipment
costs as well as operations  personnel  costs. In 1995, the Company's first
year of operation,  cost of revenues only represented  Internet  connection
and support and maintenance  charges. In 1997, gross margins also decreased
due to the inclusion of $166,500 of barter advertising  expenses in cost of
revenues,  which was equivalent to the barter advertising revenues recorded
in the  same  period.  The  1997  gross  margin  exclusive  of  the  barter
transactions  was 57%.  The  Company's  1997 gross  margin  was  positively
impacted by its  decision  to shift its  advertising  to an internal  sales
department  during May 1997 and the increase in the Company's  subscription
members.

     Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $1,248
or 5% of  total  revenues,  $275,947  or 121% of total  revenues,  and $1.2
million  or  162% of  total  revenues  for  the  period  from  May 1,  1995
(inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1997, respectively. In the first year of operation, the Company did not
dedicate  meaningful  funds to sales and  marketing.  The  period to period
increase in sales and  marketing  expenses  from 1996 to 1997 was primarily
attributable  to expansion of the Company's  online and print  advertising,
public  relations and other  promotional  expenditures as well as increased
sales and marketing  personnel and related  expenses  required to implement
the  Company's  marketing  strategy.  Sales  and  marketing  expenses  also
increased as a result of the Company's decision to shift its advertising to
an internal sales department in the second quarter of 1997.

     Product  Development  Expenses.   Product  development  expenses  were
$60,000 or 224% of total revenues,  $120,000 or 52% of total revenues,  and
$153,667  or  20% of  total  revenues  for  the  period  from  May 1,  1995
(inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1997,  respectively.  The  increases  in  absolute  dollars  in product
development  expenses were  primarily  attributable  to increased  staffing
levels  required  to  support  theglobe.com  and  its  related  back-office
systems.  Product  development  expenses as a percentage of total  revenues
have decreased because of the growth in total revenues.

     General  and  Administrative  Expenses.   General  and  administrative
expenses were $18,380 or 68% of total  revenues,  $489,073 or 213% of total
revenues,  and $2.8  million or 367% of total  revenues for the period from
May 1, 1995  (inception)  to  December  31,  1995,  and for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  The period to period increase in
general and  administrative  expenses was primarily due to increases in the
number of general  and  administrative  personnel,  professional  services,
travel and facility related expenses to support the growth of the Company's
operations. The increased salaries reflect the highly competitive nature of
hiring in the new media industry.  General and administrative expenses as a
percentage  of total  revenues  decreased  in 1996 because of the growth in
total  revenues.  General and  administrative  expenses as a percentage  of
total revenues and in absolute dollars  increased in 1997 primarily related
to expenses associated with management's  employment  contracts and accrued
bonuses granted during the second half of 1997 combined with the additional
costs required to support the rapid growth of the Company's operations.

     Interest Income (Expense),  Net.  Interest income  (expense),  net was
$(114),  $22,257 and $334,720,  for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception)
to December 31, 1995,  and for the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.  The increase in interest  income for the year ended December
31, 1997 was primarily due to a higher average cash, cash  equivalent,  and
investment  balance as a result of the proceeds  received from the issuance
of shares of the Company's Preferred Stock in the third quarter of 1997.

     Income Taxes.  Income taxes of $36,100 for the year ended December 31,
1997 was based solely on state and local taxes on business  and  investment
capital.  The  Company  paid less than  $1,000 in income  taxes in 1995 and
1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources


   
     Since its inception, the Company has primarily financed its operations
through (i) the private  placement of its Preferred Stock through which the
Company raised $20 million and $280,000 in the third and second quarters of
1997,  respectively,  and $910,000 in 1996,  (ii) the private  placement of
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, through which the Company raised $647,000
and  $4,700,  respectively,  in 1995  and  (iii)  capital  equipment  lease
financing which, from December 1997 through June 1998, raised approximately
$963,000.  As of June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately  $3.0 million
in cash and cash equivalents and $10.2 million in marketable securities.
    


     Net cash used in  operating  activities  was $330,223 and $5.4 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $58,510,
$601,602,  and $1.9 million for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception) to
December  31,  1995,  and for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.   The  Company  had  significant  negative  cash  flows  from
operating  activities in each fiscal and quarterly period to date. Net cash
used in operating  activities  resulted  primarily  from the  Company's net
operating  losses,  adjusted for certain non-cash items, and a higher level
of accounts  receivable due to the time lag between revenue recognition and
the receipt of payments from  advertisers,  which were partially  offset by
increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses,  deferred revenues and the
timing of payments  associated  with the Company's 1997 accrued  bonuses in
the first  quarter of 1998.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  the
increase in net cash used in operating  activities  resulted primarily from
the Company's net operating  loss of $5.8 million and the payment of 1997's
bonuses of $1.1 million during the first six months of 1998.

     Net cash provided  (used) in investing  activities  was $(229,696) and
$2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively,
and $(51,101),  $(138,309),  and $(13.2) million for the period from May 1,
1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31,
1996  and  1997,  respectively.  Net  cash  provided  (used)  in  investing
activities  was  primarily  related  to  purchase  and sales of  short-term
investments with the proceeds from the Company's  issuance of shares of the
Company's  Preferred  Stock in the  third  quarter  of 1997,  totaling  $20
million,  and the purchase of property and equipment in connection with the
Company's  build out of its  infrastructure.  During  December 1997 and the
first six months of 1998, the Company acquired  additional  equipment under
capital leases of $126,000 and $836,648, respectively.

     Net cash provided by (used in) financing  activities  was $258,205 and
$(69,233)  for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,
and $696,685,  $909,955,  and $20.2 million for the period from May 1, 1995
(inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1997,  respectively.  Net cash provided by financing  activities during
1995  consisted  primarily  of $45,500 in  convertible  notes  payable  and
$646,505 in proceeds from the issuance of the Company's  Common Stock.  Net
cash  provided  by  financing  activities  in 1996  and in  1997  consisted
primarily of net  proceeds  from the  issuance of the  Company's  Preferred
Stock.  Net  cash  used in  financing  activities  of  $(77,405)  consisted
primarily of payments under its capital lease obligations.

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company's principal  commitments consisted of
obligations  outstanding  under capital and operating  leases.  The Company
spent  approximately  $557,253  on capital  expenditures  since  inception,
excluding  capital  lease  arrangements.  The  Company  estimates  that its
capital  expenditures  for  the  second  half  of  1998  and  1999  will be
approximately  $2  million  and  $7  million,   respectively.  The  Company
currently expects that its principal capital  expenditures during that time
will relate to improvements to technical  infrastructure and a planned move
of the Company headquarters at the end of 1998.

     The  Company's  capital   requirements  depend  on  numerous  factors,
including  market  acceptance  of the  Company's  services,  the  amount of
resources the Company devotes to investments in its Web site, the resources
the Company  devotes to  marketing  and selling its  services and its brand
promotions  and other  factors.  The Company has  experienced a substantial
increase in its capital expenditures and operating lease arrangements since
its inception  consistent  with the growth in the Company's  operations and
staffing,  and  anticipates  that this will  continue  for the  foreseeable
future.  Additionally,  the Company  will  continue  to  evaluate  possible
investments in businesses,  products and technologies,  and plans to expand
its  sales  and  marketing  programs  and  conduct  more  aggressive  brand
promotions.

   
     The  Company  believes  that  the net  proceeds  from  this  Offering,
together with its current cash and cash equivalents,  will be sufficient to
meet  its   anticipated   cash  needs  for  working   capital  and  capital
expenditures  for at least 12 months.  If cash generated from operations is
insufficient to satisfy the Company's liquidity  requirements,  the Company
may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or to obtain a credit
facility.  The sale of additional  equity or  convertible  debt  securities
could result in additional  dilution to the Company's  stockholders.  There
can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms
acceptable  to  the  Company,  if at  all.  See  "Risk  Factors--Additional
Financing  Requirements;  Expected  Negative  Operating  Cash  Flow for the
Forseeable Future."
    

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

     The following table sets forth certain unaudited  quarterly  statement
of operations data for each of the six quarters ended June 30, 1998 as well
as such data expressed as a percentage of the Company's  total revenues for
the periods indicated.  In the opinion of management,  this information has
been  prepared  substantially  on the same basis as the  audited  financial
statements  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus,  and  all  necessary
adjustments,  consisting only of normal  recurring  adjustments,  have been
included  in the  amounts  stated  below to present  fairly  the  unaudited
quarterly results of operations data.

   
     The  quarterly  data  should be read in  conjunction  with the audited
financial  statements  of the  Company  and  the  notes  thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not
necessarily  indicative of the operating  results for any future period. In
particular, because of the Company's limited operating history, the Company
has  limited  meaningful  financial  data upon which to base  revenues  and
planned operating expenses.  Additionally, the Company believes that it may
experience  seasonality  in its  business,  with  use of the  Internet  and
theglobe.com  being  somewhat lower during the summer  vacation  period and
year-end   holiday   periods.   Additionally,    seasonality   may   affect
significantly the Company's  advertising revenue during the first and third
calendar quarters.  See "Risk  Factors-Potential  Fluctuations in Operating
Results; Quarterly Fluctuations."
    





                                                     Three Months Ended
                                                     ------------------

                            March 31,       June 30,  September 30,   December 31,      March 31,      June 30,
                              1997            1997         1997         1997              1998           1998
                            ---------       --------  -------------   ------------      ---------      --------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations              
 Data:                  
                                                                                           
Revenues ...............      $    87        $   121        $   207        $   355        $   394        $   780
Cost of revenues .......           25             81            133            185            213            291
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
 Gross profit ..........           62             40             74            170            181            489
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....           64            160            404            620          1,411          3,083             
 Product development....           30             32             37             54             85            165
 General and 
  administrative........          303            291          1,511            722          1,098          1,299
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Total operating 
 expenses...............          397            483          1,952          1,396          2,594          4,547                    
Loss from operations....         (335)          (443)        (1,878)        (1,226)        (2,413)        (4,058)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........            3              8            113            210            456            217
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Loss before provision                                                                                         
 for income taxes.......         (332)          (435)        (1,765)        (1,016)        (1,957)        (3,841)
Provision for 
 income taxes...........           --             --             18             18             16             10
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Net loss ...............      $  (332)       $  (435)      $ (1,783)      $ (1,034)      $ (1,973)      $ (3,851)
                              =======        =======        =======        =======        =======        =======
                                                                                                     
   
Percentage of Revenues:                                                                                       
Revenues ...............          100%           100%           100%           100%           100%           100%
Cost of revenues........           29%            67%            64%            52%            54%            37%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
 Gross profit ..........          71%            33%            36%            48%            46%            63%
Operating expenses:                                                                                  
 Sales and marketing....           74%           132%           196%           175%           358%           395%
 Product development....           34%            27%            18%            15%            22%            21%
 General and 
  administrative........          348%           240%           731%           203%           279%           167%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Total operating 
 expenses...............          456%           399%           945%           393%           659%           583%
Loss from operations....         (385%)         (366%)         (909%)         (345%)         (613%)         (520%)
Interest income                                                                                      
 (expense), net.........            4%             7%            55%            59%           116%            28%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Loss before                                                                                          
 provision for 
  income taxes..........         (381%)         (359%)         (854%)         (286%)         (497%)         (492%)
Provision for 
 income taxes...........            0%             0%             9%             5%             4%             1%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Net loss................         (381%)         (359%)         (863%)         (291%)         (501%)         (493%)
                              =======        =======        =======        =======        =======        =======
    




   
Impact of the Year 2000

     The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer-controlled systems using
two digits  rather than four to define the  applicable  year.  For example,
computer  programs that have  time-sensitive  software may recognize a date
using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in
system  failure  or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,
including,   among  other   things,   a  temporary   inability  to  process
transactions,   send  invoices  or  engage  in  similar   normal   business
activities.

     State of Readiness.  The Company may be affected by  non-compliant  IT
systems or non-IT systems operated by the Company or by third parties.  The
Company has  substantially  completed  an  assessment  of its  internal and
external (third party) IT systems and non-IT systems.  At this point in its
assessment,  the Company is not  currently  aware of any Year 2000 problems
relating to systems  operated by the Company or by third parties that would
have a material effect on the Company's business, results of operations, or
financial  condition,  without taking into account the Company's efforts to
avoid such problems, although there can be no assurance thereof.

     The Company's IT systems consist of software developed either in-house
or purchased from third parties,  and hardware  purchased from vendors.  At
this  point,  the  Company's   assessment  of  its  in-house  software  has
identified  only  approximately  2,000 lines of code out of several hundred
thousand  in its  proprietary,  in-house  software  which are not Year 2000
compliant.  Those  portions of code which are not compliant are used solely
for internal  statistical  analysis.  The Company does not  anticipate  any
difficulty in modifying this code to become Year 2000 compliant by December
31, 1998.  The Company has contacted its principal  vendors of hardware and
software. All of those contacted vendors have notified the Company that the
hardware and software  that they have  supplied to the Company is Year 2000
compliant.

     The Company has also  substantially  completed  an  assessment  of its
non-IT systems which the Company has identified as containing embedded chip
systems for Year 2000 issues. At this point in its assessment,  the Company
is not currently aware of any Year 2000 problems  relating to these systems
which would have a material  effect on the Company's  business,  results of
operations,  or  financial  condition,  without  taking  into  account  the
Company's efforts to avoid such problems.

     The  Company's  IT systems  and other  business  resources  rely on IT
systems and non-IT systems provided by service  providers and therefore may
be vulnerable to those service  providers'  failure to remediate  their own
Year 2000 issues.  Such service  providers  include those for the Company's
network and e-mail  services and landlords for the Company's  leased office
spaces. The Company has contacted these principal service providers and has
been  notified  that the IT and non-IT  systems  which they  provide to the
Company are Year 2000 Compliant.

     Cost. Based on its assessment to date, the Company does not anticipate
that costs  associated  with  remediating  the Company's  non-compliant  IT
systems or non-IT systems will be material.

     Risks.  To the  extent  that the  Company's  assessment  is  finalized
without  identifying  any  additional  material  non-compliant  IT  systems
operated by the Company or by third  parties,  the most  reasonably  likely
worst case Year 2000 scenario is a systemic  failure  beyond the control of
the Company, such as a prolonged  telecommunications or electrical failure.
Such a failure  could  prevent the Company  from  operating  its  business,
prevent users from accessing the Company's Web site, or change the behavior
of advertising  customers or persons  accessing the Company's Web site. The
Company  believes  that the primary  business  risks,  in the event of such
failure,  would include but not be limited to, lost  advertising  revenues,
increased  operating  costs,  loss of  customers or persons  accessing  the
Company's Web site, or other business  interruptions  of a material nature,
as well  as  claims  of  mismanagement,  misrepresentation,  or  breach  of
contract.

     Contingency  Plan.  As discussed  above,  the Company is engaged in an
ongoing Year 2000  assessment.  Following the completion of the assessment,
the Company  plans to conduct a full-scale  Year 2000  simulation of its IT
systems.  The results of this simulation and the Company's  assessment will
be  taken  into  account  in  determining  the  nature  and  extent  of any
contingency plans.
    

Effects of Inflation

     Due to relatively  low levels of inflation in 1995,  1996 and 1997 and
the first six months of 1998, inflation has not had a significant effect on
the Company's results of operations since inception.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

   
     The  Company   adopted  the   provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income" as
of January 1, 1998.  SFAS No. 130  requires  the Company to report in their
financial statements,  in addition to its net income (loss),  comprehensive
income  (loss),  which  includes all changes in equity during a period from
non-owner sources including, as applicable, foreign currency items, minimum
pension  liability  adjustments and unrealized  gains and losses on certain
investments  in debt  and  equity  securities.  For the  six  months  ended
June 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31,  1997, comprehensive net loss
was approximately $11,600 lower and $41,200 higher, respectively,  than the
net  loss  reported  in the  Company's  statements  of  operations  for the
applicable  periods,  due to  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  securities
classified as available-for-sale.

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosure  About  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information."  SFAS No. 131  establishes  standards for the way that public
business  enterprises report information about operating segments.  It also
establishes  standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has determined that it
does not have any separately reportable business segments.
    

     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133.  Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and
reporting  standard  for  derivative   instruments,   including  derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging  activities.  SFAS
No. 133 is  effective  for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal  years  beginning
after June 15, 1999. The statement is not expected to affect the Company as
the Company  currently does not have any derivative  instruments or hedging
activities.

                                  BUSINESS

Overview

   
     theglobe.com  is one of the world's  leading online  communities  with
over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad, In June 1998, 6.1
million  unique users visited this site.  theglobe.com  is a destination on
the Internet where users are able to personalize their online experience by
publishing  their own content and  interacting  with others having  similar
interests.  theglobe.com  facilitates this interaction by providing various
free  services,  including  home page building,  discussion  forums,  chat,
e-mail and a  marketplace  where members can purchase a variety of products
and services. Additionally,  theglobe.com provides its users news, weather,
movie and music reviews,  multi-player gaming, horoscopes and personals. By
satisfying its users' personal and practical needs,  theglobe.com  seeks to
become their online home. The Company's  primary revenue source is the sale
of  advertising,  with additional  revenues  generated  through  e-commerce
arrangements  and  the  sale  of  membership   subscriptions  for  enhanced
services.
    


     Since its founding in May 1995,  theglobe.com  has experienced  strong
growth.  The site has added over  100,000  new  members  every  month since
October 1997,  and  generated  over 100 million page views in June 1998, an
increase of over 100% from January 1998. More than 6.1 million unique users
visited  the site in June 1998,  reflecting  an  increase of more than 350%
since  January 1998.  Approximately  25% to 35% of  theglobe.com's  monthly
traffic originates from abroad, reflecting the site's international appeal.
According to Media Metrix,  theglobe.com  was ranked as the fourth  fastest
growing Web site in terms of audience reach for the first half of 1998.


Industry Background

     The rapid  adoption of the Internet as a means to gather  information,
communicate,   interact  and  be   entertained,   combined  with  the  vast
proliferation  of Web sites,  has made the Internet an  important  new mass
medium. IDC estimates that the number of Internet users exceeded 69 million
in 1997,  and will grow to over 320 million by 2002.  The Internet  enables
advertisers  to  target  advertising   campaigns  utilizing   sophisticated
databases  of  information  on the users of various  sites and to  directly
generate  revenues  from these  users  through  online  transactions.  As a
result,  the Internet has become a compelling means to advertise and market
products and services.


     With the volume of sites and vast abundance of  information  available
on the Internet,  users are increasingly  seeking an online home where they
can  interact   with  others  with  similar   interests  and  quickly  find
information,  products  and services  related to a  particular  interest or
need.  Community sites were developed as a solution to the challenges posed
by the Internet's growth and complexity. They offer a single location where
users can build their  personal Web sites and place them among the sites of
others having similar  interests.  In addition,  community  sites generally
offer services  including access to e-mail accounts,  chat rooms, news, and
entertainment  services,  among other features.  By satisfying the needs of
its users,  communities seek to establish a close  relationship  with their
audience. As a result, users tend to be loyal to and spend more time online
at community sites.


     Advertising.   Jupiter  Communications   estimates  that  spending  on
Internet  advertising  in the U.S.  will grow from $1.9  billion in 1997 to
$7.7 billion in 2002.  The  Internet  has become a  compelling  advertising
vehicle that provides  advertisers  with targeting tools not available from
traditional  advertising  media. The interactive nature of the Internet and
the development of "click-through"  advertising  banners and other feedback
tools enable advertisers to measure impression levels, establish a dialogue
with users and  receive  "real-time"  direct  feedback  from  their  target
markets.  Such feedback  provides  advertisers  with an effective  means to
measure the  attractiveness of their offerings among targeted audiences and
make  modifications  to  their  advertising   campaigns  on  short  notice.
Community  sites are generally  able to provide  advertisers  significantly
more  information  regarding  consumers  than other Web sites  because they
collect  detailed  demographic  data  and  facilitate  the  development  of
user-created affinity groups. The ability to target advertisements to broad
audiences,  specific regional  populations,  affinity groups or individuals
makes community Web site  advertising a highly versatile and effective tool
for delivering customized and cost-effective messages.

     One indicator of the Internet's popularity as an advertising medium is
the  growing  number and  diversity  of  Internet  advertisers.  Most early
Internet advertisers were technology and Internet-related companies. Today,
a growing number of Internet  advertisers consist of traditional,  consumer
product and service  companies.  The  diverse  audience of users  accessing
community  sites has made such  sites  especially  attractive  to  consumer
product and service  companies  advertising  on the  Internet.  The Company
believes  that this  trend  should  continue,  and that a wide  variety  of
companies outside the technology and Internet industries, such as financial
services,  consumer goods, automotive and pharmaceutical  companies, are or
will be increasingly using the Internet, and community sites in particular,
to advertise.

     E-commerce and Direct Marketing. The Internet has become a significant
marketplace   for  buying  and   selling   goods  and   services.   Jupiter
Communications  estimates that the amount of goods or services purchased in
online consumer  transactions  will grow from  approximately  $3 billion in
1997 to  approximately  $38  billion  in 2002.  Improvements  in  security,
interface design and  transaction-processing  technologies have facilitated
an  increase  in  online  consumer  transactions.  Early  adopters  of such
improvements include online merchants offering broad product catalogs (such
as books,  music CDs and toys),  those  seeking  distribution  efficiencies
(such as PCs,  flowers  and  groceries)  and those  offering  products  and
services with negotiable  pricing (such as automobiles and mortgages).  The
Company  believes  that as the  volume  of online  transactions  increases,
traditional  retailers  will offer a wide  variety of products and services
online. The Company believes that online communities  provide businesses an
attractive  environment  for selling  products  and  services by  providing
direct access to users with like interests.

     The  Internet  allows  marketers  to  collect  meaningful  demographic
information  and feedback from  consumers,  and to rapidly  respond to this
information  with new messages.  This offers a significant  new opportunity
for  businesses  to increase the  effectiveness  of their direct  marketing
campaigns.  In traditional media, a significant  portion of all advertising
budgets  are  spent  on  direct  marketing  because  of its  effectiveness.
However,  the effectiveness of direct marketing campaigns is dependent upon
the  quality  of  consumer   data  used  to  develop  and  place   consumer
advertisements.   In  addition  to  providing  detailed  demographic  data,
community Web site  participants  indicate their areas of personal interest
by  self-selecting  themselves  into affinity  groups.  This added level of
information   provides  direct  marketers  an  invaluable  tool  to  target
potential customers more accurately.  Accordingly,  advertisers are able to
improve their direct  marketing  campaigns  which may translate into higher
sales.

theglobe.com Solution

   
     The Company was founded by Todd V.  Krizelman  and Stephan J. Paternot
to  capitalize  on the growing  demand for online  destinations  that allow
users to develop  their own  identities  and establish  relationships  with
other Internet users.  theglobe.com  community is organized in an intuitive
hierarchy  modeled after the real world,  with each layer reflecting a more
specific  level of interest.  There are six "Themes of Interest":  Arts and
Entertainment, Business and Finance, Lifestyles, Romance, Special Interests
and  Geographical  Interests.  Themes of Interest  are  subdivided  into 24
"Cities,"  which are  further  divided  into 75  "Districts."  Within  each
District  members  have the  ability to create or join  "Interest  Groups,"
theglobe.com's smallest form of community. There are currently 325 Interest
Groups.  Interest  Groups,  once  proposed  by any  member,  are posted for
petition. Those groups that garner enough votes then go "live" on the site.
Members are not limited as to the number of  communities  they can join and
are able to leave an  Interest  Group at any  time.  Because  of this,  the
communities are dynamic and evolve as member interests  change.  "Community
Leaders" are elected to manage communities and are able to highlight member
content, communicate directly to constituents and organize events.
    

     Within  Interest  Groups,  members can access a collection of services
provided by theglobe.com to generate  content,  including chat, open forums
and e-mail.  Member created  content within  Interest Groups satisfy users'
desires for topic specific  information,  conversation and debate.  Members
vote and generate content for communities,  thereby facilitating production
of desirable  content on theglobe.com.  Viewing  community content does not
require  membership,  allowing  theglobe.com to leverage its member-created
content  to  attract a large  audience  of  users.  As these  users  become
familiar with  theglobe.com,  the Company believes it has a greater ability
to convert them into members, perpetuating the growth of the site.

     The unique community focus of theglobe.com  offers the Company several
advantages that include:

     Member Loyalty.  Because theglobe.com provides a home for its members,
members  develop  loyalty to the site and to the  communities in which they
participate. This translates into more frequent usage by members and longer
stays at the site.  According to Media  Metrix,  the average time spent per
user  at   theglobe.com   in  the  period  April   through  June  1998  was
approximately  15%  higher  than the  average  time spent on the top 25 Web
sites visited most frequently.

     Member Developed  Content.  The majority of content on theglobe.com is
developed by users on a voluntary basis for the benefit of all users of the
site. As a result, the Company avoids the majority of costs associated with
content development.

   
     Targeted  Advertising.  theglobe.com  structure  provides  a  valuable
platform for advertisers by allowing them to target advertisements based on
both demographic  information and affinity group affiliations.  Advertisers
are also drawn to  theglobe.com's  volume of user  traffic,  frequency  and
average length of use.  theglobe.com's ability to reach users across a wide
variety of interest areas has made the site  attractive to both  technology
companies as well as traditional  consumer  product and service  companies.
Currently,  approximately  60% of  theglobe.com's  advertisers  are branded
consumer product and service companies.
    

Business Strategy

     theglobe.com's  goal is to be the leading online  community  site. The
Company seeks to attain this goal through the following key strategies:

     Improve User Experience.  The Company will continue efforts to improve
user  experience on theglobe.com  by: (i)  simplifying  user interfaces and
improving the ease of use of services,  (ii)  improving  customer  support,
(iii)  developing  loyalty  programs to reward members for increased usage,
(iv) expanding the suite of personal  publishing/Web  site building  tools,
(v)  creating  additional   opportunities  for  participating  in  existing
affinity groups,  as well as expanding the number of affinity groups,  (vi)
personalizing  the site to the preferences of individual  members and (vii)
launching new services to enhance the community.

     Develop Brand  Identity and Awareness.  The Company  intends to expand
its presence as a mass market site by building brand awareness. The Company
plans to continue to allocate a  significant  portion of its  resources  to
develop its brand in the same fashion as traditional  consumer  product and
service  companies.  The Company believes that establishing brand awareness
among  consumers is  instrumental in attracting new members to theglobe.com
and  also has the  effect  of  attracting  media  buyers  who tend to favor
well-known and trusted companies.  theglobe.com also intends to continue to
market its services in various media. In March 1998,  theglobe.com launched
advertising  campaigns  in several  forms of media,  including  television,
print,  billboards,  buses,  telephone  kiosks,  online  media,  and  other
marketing  and  promotional  efforts  designed  to build its brand  name in
selected cities.

   
     Increase  New  Membership  Acquisition  through  Strategic  Alliances.
theglobe.com  continues  to seek new ways to reach  potential  members when
they are first becoming acquainted with the Internet.  The Company believes
that early  contact  with such users will  enhance  its  ability to instill
customer  loyalty.  Accordingly,  the Company has  established  a strategic
alliance with EarthLink  Network,  Inc.  ("EarthLink"),  one of the largest
ISPs in the United States,  through which members gain Internet  access and
are directed to theglobe.com  as their home site upon startup.  The Company
has also formed strategic  alliances with companies  including  Advertising
Age,  Together Systems and Ziff Davis University.  These  relationships are
designed to drive  additional  traffic to the site,  create brand  building
opportunities  and allow for the  marketing  of  products  and  services to
theglobe.com's user base.
    

     Expand Globally.  The Company believes that significant  opportunities
exist to  capitalize on the growth of the Internet  internationally  and is
pursuing strategic  relationships  with international  companies to exploit
cross-marketing,  co-branding and promotional opportunities.  Approximately
25% to 35% of theglobe.com's traffic is generated by members outside of the
United States who are able to communicate  and publish on the site in their
respective languages.  The Company has received prominent press coverage in
Europe,  Asia and Australia,  and has  established a relationship  with MTV
U.K.  to  feature  theglobe.com's  founders  on a weekly  news  show (to be
launched initially in the United Kingdom in the fall of 1998).

     Further  Develop  E-commerce.  The  Company  intends to  increase  its
e-commerce  revenues by  continuing  to increase  the number of  e-commerce
partners in theglobe.com  Marketplace (the "Marketplace"),  and through the
introduction of "Globe-shops," its e-commerce  merchandising solution aimed
at the small to  mid-sized  office and home office  market,  in the fall of
1998.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  seeking to expand the number of its
premier  commerce  partners   ("Premier   Partners")  that  rent  space  on
theglobe.com.  As of June 30, 1998,  approximately 35 companies,  including
four Premier Partners, participated in the Marketplace.

     Enhance Membership  Services.  The Company currently offers additional
Internet services, such as increased storage space for building home pages,
through  its Gold and  Platinum  membership  programs.  To  attract a wider
subscriber  base, the Company  intends to develop new  membership  programs
offering premium content, shopping clubs and entertainment services.

Products and Services

     theglobe.com provides users with access to the following collection of
products and services to generate content and purchase merchandise online:

     Free Services.  theglobe.com  provides a range of free services to its
members through which they are able to personalize their online experience.
These services include personal Web site hosting,  discussion forums,  chat
and e-mail.  Additionally,  theglobe.com provides news, weather,  movie and
music reviews,  multiplayer gaming,  horoscopes and personals.  Members are
also provided discounts on merchandise  offered by certain retailers in the
Marketplace.

     theglobe.com  Marketplace.  theglobe.com  Marketplace  provides  users
access to products offered by leading retailers and service providers.  The
Company allows  retailers to locate in its  Marketplace  and collects a fee
based on a percentage of  transactions.  The  Marketplace  currently has 35
participants  including  BarnesandNoble.com,  FAO Schwarz and Lens Express.
The Company also has  relationships  with four Premier  Partners who pay an
additional  fixed  monthly fee in order to receive  prominent  placement at
theglobe.com.  Premier marketplace agreements typically run for a period of
six months to one year and are renewable at the option of the partner.  The
Company  currently  has such  agreements  with Cyberian  Outpost,  Inc. for
software and computer hardware,  GetSmart for consumer finance,  Classified
Warehouse for classified  advertisements  and has signed a letter of intent
with RSL Communications for Internet telephony and phone services.


   
     globeStores.  globestores  is the Company's  e-commerce  merchandising
solution aimed at the small to mid-sized office and home office market. The
globeStore tool set will allow merchants and users to build  storefronts at
theglobe.com  assisted by an  easy-to-use  online  guide.  The Company will
offer  globeStore  merchants and users various options ranging from a basic
promotional  storefront to a more complete  solution,  including a catalog,
shopping cart and online transaction  capabilities.  The Company intends to
charge  globeStore  owners a  monthly  service  fee  based on the  level of
service utilized and a transactional fee.
    


     Member Subscriptions. The Company currently offers additional Internet
services through its Gold and Platinum membership packages.  These packages
provide  services such as additional  storage space and the ability to host
limited commercial activity. Member subscriptions are available for a $4.95
or $9.95 monthly fee, depending on the level of service.

Corporate Alliances and Relationships

     theglobe.com  has  established a number of  relationships  designed to
drive additional traffic to its site, create brand building  opportunities,
and allow for the marketing of products and services to  theglobe.com  user
base. These  arrangements are with a variety of online and offline partners
and provide a cost  effective  way to deliver  traffic to the site  because
they do not require significant capital expenditures. Examples include:

          EarthLink.  theglobe.com seeks to reach new members as they first
     become  acquainted with the Internet.  The Company believes that early
     contact with such users will enhance the Company's  ability to instill
     customer  loyalty.  Consistent  with this  strategy,  the  Company has
     established an alliance,  currently in a trial phase,  with EarthLink,
     one of the largest ISPs in the United States.  EarthLink has created a
     custom version of their  "start-up  CD-ROM" which not only gives users
     Internet access but also automatically directs them to theglobe.com as
     their  home  site  upon  start-up.  Additionally,  EarthLink  promotes
     theglobe.com  within  its  site  and  pays  the  production  costs  of
     co-branded  theglobe.com/EarthLink  start-up CD-ROMs. EarthLink pays a
     commission  to the Company for each  member or user  gaining  Internet
     access by utilizing the  co-branded  start-up  CD-ROM.  When the trial
     phase is completed  (expected in August  1998),  the alliance  will be
     automatically  renewed for  one-year  periods,  unless  terminated  by
     either party.

          Advertising Age. theglobe.com hosts a full-service  community for
     Advertising  Age,  a leading  trade  publication  for the  advertising
     industry.  In  exchange  for  providing  the full range of  membership
     services available on theglobe.com to users of the Advertising Age Web
     site, the Company  receives free promotion on the  Advertising Age Web
     site, as well as discounts on advertising in Advertising Age magazine.
     This  relationship  provides  theglobe.com  with significant  exposure
     throughout the advertising community, particularly among media buyers.

          JobDirect,  Inc.  JobDirect,  Inc.  ("JobDirect")  is an Internet
     resume service which connects  entry-level job seekers with employment
     opportunities.  In exchange for development of community  features for
     its Web site,  JobDirect  provides  theglobe.com  with a link from its
     site as well as  prominent  promotion  in its  offline  job  events on
     college  campuses.  JobDirect  provides all of its members e-mail from
     theglobe.com and distributes  co-branded marketing material to college
     students,  providing  theglobe.com  with  exposure to the  college-age
     market segment.

   
     In addition to the above  relationships,  the Company has a variety of
other  arrangements  designed  primarily  to  drive  traffic  to its  site,
including  agreements with Ziff Davis  University,  Launch  Magazine,  Wall
Street Sports LLC, LINCS, WebSurfer, Mining Company and Lycos.
    

Advertising Customers

     With over 1.6 million  registered  members,  over 6.1 million  monthly
users and over 100 million  monthly page views as of June 1998, the Company
has successfully  attracted both mass market consumer product  companies as
well as technology-related  businesses  advertising on the Internet. Due to
its  advantages  as a community Web site,  the Company  believes it is well
positioned to capture a portion of the growing  number of consumer  product
and  service   companies   seeking  to  advertise  online.  In  June  1998,
approximately 90 customers advertised on theglobe.com.  During that period,
approximately  70% were repeat customers and no one customer  accounted for
more  than  10% of  revenues.  Some of the  Company's  advertising  clients
include:



           Lee Jeans            Coca Cola        J. Crew         Ziff Davis
           Procter & Gamble     Visa             Polygram        BellSouth
           Dunkin' Donuts       Office Depot     Levi's          Microsoft
           Sony                 3Com             USWest          Intel

Advertising Sales and Design

     The Company seeks to distinguish  itself from its competition  through
the creation of unique  advertising and sponsorship  opportunities that are
designed to build brand  loyalty for its  corporate  sponsors by seamlessly
integrating their advertising messages into theglobe.com's content. Through
its close  relationship  with the end user,  the Company has the ability to
deliver  advertising  to specific  targets within the site's themed content
areas,  allowing  advertisers to single out and  effectively  deliver their
messages to their respective target audiences.  For example,  a company can
target an  advertisement  solely to 35-40 year old  Canadian men with music
interests.  The Company  believes  that such  sophisticated  targeting is a
critical  element  for  capturing  worldwide  advertising  budgets  for the
Internet.  Additionally,  the Company intends to expand the amount and type
of demographic  information it collects from its members,  which will allow
it to offer more specific data to its advertising clients.

   
     While the Company's  competition generally provides banner advertising
as its  primary  delivery  system,  the  Company  offers an  assortment  of
advertising  options to its  clients,  allowing  them to take  advantage of
theglobe.com's  unique  relationship  with its  users and  rapidly  growing
membership   base.  In  addition  to  direct   response   indicators   like
"click-throughs," theglobe.com also specializes in providing innovative and
aggressive  selling  services  and a number of  "branding"  and "beyond the
banner" sponsorship  packages for its advertisers at higher premiums,  such
as:
    


   .  Banner Advertising                .  Sweepstakes
   .  Button Advertising                .  Content Development
   .  Contextual Links within Relevant  .  Affinity Packages for Advertising
      Content                              Partners
   .  Pop Up and Log Out Interstitials  .  Opt-In Direct Marketing/Lead
                                           Generation
   .  E-mail Sponsorship                   Programs
   .  Celebrity Event Sponsorships      .  Pre- and Post-Campaign Market
                                           Research


     The  Company  has  built  an  internal   sales   organization   of  16
professionals,  focusing on both selling advertisements on the Web site and
developing  long-term  strategic  relationships with clients. A significant
portion of the Company's sales personnel's  income is commission based. All
of  the  Company's  sales  personnel  sell   advertising   exclusively  for
theglobe.com.  The  Company  currently  sells  over 95% of its  advertising
inventory through its in-house sales staff,  allowing the Company to better
control its pricing and inventory,  maintain brand  consistency and capture
maximum  revenue.  The Company  has sales  offices in New York City and San
Francisco, and intends to open additional sales offices in selected markets
around the world.

Marketing and Promotions

   
     The  Company  has  committed   significant  funds  to  advertising  in
traditional  offline media,  totaling  approximately  $    in the first six
months of 1998. The Company launched an $8 million advertising  campaign in
March 1998,  including  television,  print,  billboards,  buses,  telephone
kiosks,  online media, and other marketing and promotional  efforts.  These
efforts  are  aimed  at  generating   significant   additional  traffic  to
theglobe.com,  building and defining a desirable online  destination in the
minds of present and potential online consumers,  and creating a strong and
viable brand  within the Internet  industry  and  advertising  trades.  The
Company  intends to continue to commit a significant  part of its budget to
marketing  theglobe.com  brand.  The Company  advertises on national  cable
channels like MTV, E! Entertainment  Television,  Comedy Central,  ESPN and
the Sci-Fi Channel.  The Company has also purchased  advertising on network
television in several markets  including New York, San Francisco,  Seattle,
Boston, Denver and Atlanta.
    

Technology

     The Company's strategy is to apply existing technologies in novel ways
to deliver content and provide services to members of its online community.
The various features of theglobe.com's  online  environment are implemented
using a combination  of  commercially  available and  proprietary  software
components.  The Company favors  licensing and integrating  "best-of-breed"
commercially available technology from industry leaders such as Oracle, Sun
Microsystems and Microsoft whenever possible. The Company reserves internal
development of software for those components  which are either  unavailable
on the market or which  have  major  strategic  advantages  when  developed
internally.  The  Company  believes  that this  component  approach is more
manageable,   reliable,  and  scalable  than  single-source  solutions.  In
addition,  the emphasis on commercial  components speeds  development time,
which is an advantage when competing in a rapidly evolving market.

     Consistent with the Company's  preference for  off-the-shelf  software
components,  the hardware  systems  utilized by the Company also consist of
commercially   available   components.   The  Company  believes  that  this
architecture  provides  the  ability to  increase  scale more  quickly  and
reliably,  and at lower cost, than more centralized  systems.  Although the
existing infrastructure currently exceeds the Company's present demand, the
Company has aggressive  plans for additional  upgrades in  anticipation  of
increased demand.

   
     The Company's  distributed server  architecture  allows it to roll out
upgrades  incrementally  on  an  as-needed  basis.  In  addition  to  being
scalable,  the  Web-serving  architecture is also entirely  redundant.  The
Company's  Internet  servers are connected to the Internet through multiple
dedicated  45 Mb T3  connections  obtained  through two  separate  backbone
providers,  AppliedTheory and UUNET. This approach to connectivity protects
the Company by allowing it to continue operations in the event of a failure
in either backbone. See "Risk  Factors--Internet  Industry Characterized by
Rapid Technological Change."

     In order to efficiently  manage the system,  the Company has developed
highly  automated  methods of  monitoring  the system  performance  of each
component. In the event of a failure in any subsystem, the failed subsystem
is immediately  taken out of service and requests are distributed among the
remaining  operational  systems.  The Company has also developed a suite of
tools to  perform  routine  management  tasks  such as log  processing  and
content  updates in an automated,  remote-controlled  fashion.  The Company
believes  that  its  investment  in  automation  lessens  the  need for the
additional personnel that would otherwise be required to support the system
as it grows. See "Risk  Factors--Internet  Industry  Characterized by Rapid
Technological Change" and "--Dependence on Key Personnel."
    

Competition

   
     The market for  members,  users and  Internet  advertising  is new and
rapidly  evolving,  and competition  for members,  users and advertisers is
intense and is expected  to increase  significantly.  Barriers to entry are
relatively  insubstantial  and the Company may face  competitive  pressures
from many  additional  companies both in the United States and abroad.  The
Company  believes  that the  principal  competitive  factors for  companies
seeking  to  create   communities   on  the  Internet  are  critical  mass,
functionality  of the Web site,  brand  recognition,  member  affinity  and
loyalty,  broad  demographic  focus and open  access  for  visitors.  Other
companies that are primarily focused on creating  Internet  communities are
Tripod and  GeoCities  and,  in the  future,  Internet  communities  may be
developed or acquired by companies  currently  operating  Web  directories,
search engines,  shareware  archives,  content sites,  OSPs, ISPs and other
entities,  certain of which may have more  resources  than the Company.  In
addition, the Company could face competition in the future from traditional
media companies,  a number of which,  including  Disney,  CBS and NBC, have
recently  made   significant   acquisitions   or  investments  in  Internet
companies. Furthermore, the Company competes for users and advertisers with
other  content  providers  and with  thousands  of Web  sites  operated  by
individuals,  the government and educational  institutions.  Such providers
and sites include AOL, Angelfire,  CNET, CNN/Time Warner, Excite,  Hotmail,
Infoseek,  Lycos,  Microsoft,  Netscape,  Switchboard,  Xoom and Yahoo! The
Company also faces  competitive  pressure  from  traditional  media such as
newspapers,  magazines, radio and television. The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in attracting  advertisers include the amount
of  traffic  on its Web site,  brand  recognition,  customer  service,  the
demographics of the Company's  members and users, the Company's  ability to
offer  targeted  audiences  and  the  overall   cost-effectiveness  of  the
advertising  medium offered by the Company.  The Company  believes that the
number of Internet companies relying on Internet-based advertising revenue,
as well as the  number of  advertisers  on the  Internet  and the number of
users, will increase substantially in the future. Accordingly,  the Company
will likely face  increased  competition,  resulting in  increased  pricing
pressures on its  advertising  rates,  which could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company. See "Risk Factors--Intense Competition."
    

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

     The  Company  regards  substantial   elements  of  its  Web  site  and
underlying  technology as proprietary and attempts to protect it by relying
on  trademark,   service   mark,   copyright  and  trade  secret  laws  and
restrictions on disclosure and  transferring  title and other methods.  The
Company currently has no patents or patents pending and does not anticipate
that patents will become a significant  part of the Company's  intellectual
property in the foreseeable  future. The Company also generally enters into
confidentiality  agreements  with  its  employees  and  consultants  and in
connection  with its license  agreements  with third  parties and generally
seeks  to  control   access  to  and   distribution   of  its   technology,
documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions,
it may be possible  for a third party to copy or  otherwise  obtain and use
the Company's  proprietary  information without authorization or to develop
similar technology  independently.  The Company pursues the registration of
its  trademarks in the United States and  internationally.  The Company has
registered a United States  trademark  for theglobe.  The Company has filed
United States  trademark  applications  for  theglobe.com  and theglobe.com
logo.  Additionally,  the Company has submitted trademark  applications for
theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the
European  Union  (covering  Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,
Germany,  Greece, Italy, Ireland,  Luxembourg,  the Netherlands,  Portugal,
Spain,  Sweden  and the United  Kingdom),  Hong Kong,  Israel,  Japan,  New
Zealand, Norway, Russia, Singapore,  South Africa,  Switzerland and Taiwan.
Effective  trademark,  service mark,  copyright and trade secret protection
may not be available in every country in which the  Company's  services are
distributed   or  made  available   through  the  Internet,   and  policing
unauthorized use of the Company's proprietary information is difficult. See
"Risk Factors--Reliance on Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights."

Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties

     The Company is currently subject to certain federal and state laws and
regulations  that are  applicable  to certain  activities  on the Internet.
Legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration by federal, state,
local and foreign governmental organizations concern various aspects of the
Internet,  including,  but not limited to,  online  content,  user privacy,
taxation,   access  charges,   liability  for  third-party  activities  and
jurisdiction. Such government regulation may place the Company's activities
under increased regulation,  increase the Company's cost of doing business,
decrease the growth in Internet use and thereby decrease the demand for the
Company's  services  or  otherwise  have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's  business,  results of operations  and financial  condition.  See
"Risk  Factors--Government  Regulation and Legal  Uncertainties  Associated
with the Internet."

     Online  Content.   Online  content   restrictions  cover  many  areas,
including but not limited to,  indecent,  obscene or offensive  information
and content, such as sexually explicit  information,  gambling and consumer
fraud.


   
     Several  federal  and state  statutes  prohibit  the  transmission  of
certain types of indecent,  obscene, or offensive  information and content,
including sexually explicit  information and content,  over the Internet to
certain persons.  The  constitutionality  and the enforceability of some of
these statues is not clear at this time.  For example,  in 1997 the Supreme
Court  of the  United  States  held  that  selected  parts  of the  federal
Communications  Decency Act of 1996 (the "CDA")  governing  "indecent"  and
"patently offensive" content were  unconstitutional.  Many other provisions
of the CDA,  including  those relating to "obscenity,"  however,  remain in
effect.  Prior to the Supreme Court's decision, a federal district court in
New York held that certain  provisions of the New York penal law modeled on
the CDA  violated  the  Constitution.  A companion  provision  of that law,
however,  was subsequently  upheld. On July 23, 1998, the Senate passed the
appropriations  bill for the  Departments of Commerce,  Justice,  and State
(S.2260).  One of the  amendments to the bill is known as "CDA II," and, if
enacted,   would   prohibit   commercial   Web  sites   from   distributing
adult-oriented material deemed to be "harmful to minors." Another amendment
would,  if enacted,  require  public  schools and  libraries  that  receive
federal  funding on Internet  access to install  software that would filter
out material that is  "inappropriate  for minors." The House version of the
bill, was passed on August 6, 1998.
    

     The U.S.  Department of Justice and some state Attorneys  General have
recently intensified their efforts in taking action against businesses that
operate Internet gambling activities,  and pending legislation seeks to ban
Internet  gambling.  On July 23,  1998,  the Senate  passed  the  "Internet
Gambling  Prohibition  Act," which,  if enacted,  would  prohibit  placing,
receiving or otherwise making a bet or wager via the Internet in any state,
and would also  prohibit  engaging  in the  business of betting or wagering
through the Internet in any state. The bill also would direct the Secretary
of State to  negotiate  with foreign  countries  to conclude  international
agreements  that  would  enable  the  United  States to  enforce  specified
provisions of the act outside the United States.  A  substantially  similar
bill has been introduced in the House of Representatives.

     Certain states,  including New York and California,  have enacted laws
or  adopted   regulations  that  expressly  or  as  a  matter  of  judicial
interpretation   apply  various   consumer  fraud  and  false   advertising
requirements  to  parties  who  conduct  business  over the  Internet.  The
constitutionality  and the  enforceability  of some of these statues is not
clear at this time.  For example,  in 1997, a federal  district  court held
that  a  Georgia  criminal  statute  violated  the  Constitution   when  it
prohibited  Internet  transmissions that falsely identify the sender or use
trade names or logos that would  falsely state or imply that the sender was
legally authorized to use them.

   
     Internet Privacy.  The United States government  currently has limited
authority over the collection and  dissemination of personal data collected
online.  The Federal Trade  Commission Act (the "Act") prohibits unfair and
deceptive  practices in and  affecting  commerce.  The Act  authorizes  the
Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") to seek injunctive and other equitable
relief,  including redress, for violations of the Act, and provides a basis
for  government  enforcement  of certain fair  information  practices.  For
instance,  failure to comply with a stated  privacy policy may constitute a
deceptive  practice  in  certain  circumstances,  and  the FTC  would  have
authority  to  pursue  the  remedies  available  under  the  Act  for  such
violations.  Furthermore,  in certain circumstances,  information practices
may be inherently deceptive or unfair, regardless of whether the entity has
publicly adopted any privacy policies. The FTC has issued an opinion letter
addressing the possible  unfairness inherent in collecting certain personal
identifying  information  from children online and transferring it to third
parties without  obtaining prior parental  consent.  However,  as a general
matter,  the FTC lacks  authority  to require  companies  to adopt  privacy
policies.
    

     Certain  industry  groups  have  proposed,  or are in the  process  of
proposing,  various  voluntary  standards  regarding  the treatment of data
collected  over the  Internet.  In order to establish  and bolster user and
member confidence in its privacy  policies,  the Company may incur expenses
in obtaining the  endorsement  of such  industry  groups or in altering its
current  policies to comply with such standards.  There can be no assurance
that the adoption of such voluntary standards will preclude any legislative
or administrative  body from taking  governmental action regarding Internet
privacy.


     Congress is considering  numerous proposals regarding Internet privacy
although   none   have  yet   passed   either   the   Senate  or  House  of
Representatives.

     In June 1998, the FTC released a report analyzing the effectiveness of
self-regulation as a means of protecting  consumer privacy on the Internet.
The  report  concluded  that  industry  self-regulation  had  not  provided
adequate  protection  for  Internet  users.  The  report  listed  four core
information  practices that must be part of any privacy  protection effort:
notice,  choice,  access and  security.  In order to protect the privacy of
children, the FTC recommended legislation that would require Web sites that
obtain information from children to provide actual notice to parents and to
obtain parental consent.  On July 21, 1998,  Commissioner  Pitiofsky stated
before  a  hearing  of  the  House  of   Representatives   Subcommittee  on
Telecommunications, Trade, and Consumer Protection that unless the computer
industry  could   demonstrate   that  it  had  developed  and   implemented
broad-based and effective  self-regulatory programs by the end of 1998, the
FTC would  seek  additional  legislative  standards  and  agency  authority
regarding  Internet  privacy.  At the same hearing,  the FTC proposed model
legislation  that  would  force  companies  to  comply  with the four  core
information practices and offer a safe harbor for industries that choose to
establish their own means for providing  consumer privacy  protections,  as
long as those means are subject to governmental  approval.  There can be no
assurance  that these  efforts  will not  adversely  affect  the  Company's
ability to collect demographic and personal information from members, which
could have an adverse  affect on its ability to attract  advertisers.  This
could in turn have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.

     Moreover,  the FTC has begun investigations into the privacy practices
of companies  that collect  information  on the Internet.  For example,  on
August 13,  1998,  the FTC  announced  that it had entered  into a proposed
consent order with one of the Company's competitors.  In its complaint, the
FTC alleged  that such  competitor  engaged in three  deceptive  practices.
First,  the FTC  alleged  that the  company  falsely  represented  that the
personal  identifying   information  it  collects  through  the  membership
application  form is used only to provide  members the specific  offers and
products  or  services  they  request.  Second,  the FTC  alleged  that the
competitor falsely represented that the "optional  information" it collects
through the application  form is not disclosed to third parties without the
member's permission. Third, the FTC alleged that the competitor had falsely
represented  that it collected and maintained the  information  provided by
children  who joined  certain  neighborhoods  on its site,  rather than the
undisclosed  third  parties  who  actually  collected  and  maintained  the
information.

     Without admitting that these  allegations are correct,  the competitor
has tentatively  agreed,  among other things, to post a clear and prominent
privacy statement,  on its home page and each location where information is
collected,  disclosing the information collected,  the purpose to which the
information  would be used,  the persons to whom the  information  would be
released,  and the methods by which subscribers could access and remove the
information.  The competitor also agreed to obtain express parental consent
before  collecting  information  from children 12 and under.  Finally,  the
competitor agreed to post, for five years, a clear and prominent  hyperlink
within its privacy statement  directing  visitors to the FTC's site to view
educational material on privacy.

     The proposed  consent  order has been placed on the public  record for
sixty days for comments by interested  persons.  After sixty days,  the FTC
plans to again review the order and will decide whether to withdraw or make
the final proposed consent order.

   
     The Company  believes it is currently in  compliance  with  applicable
laws regarding the collection and  dissemination of information  pertaining
to its members.  However,  it has  undertaken a review of its  practices in
light of  recent  activity  undertaken  by the FTC.  The  Company  includes
statements  about user privacy in its user agreement  entered into with new
members.  The user  agreement  states that its  members  should not have an
expectation of privacy in their accounts and that the Company may be forced
to disclose  member e-mail to the government or third parties under certain
circumstances,  or that third  parties  may  unlawfully  intercept  private
communications.  Additionally, the user agreement states that, from time to
time,  the Company may make its  database  of user  information  (including
e-mail  addresses)  available  to  other  parties  for  promotions  of  and
solicitations  for  their  goods or  services  that may be of  interest  to
members of  theglobe.com  community.  In the user  agreement,  each  member
expressly   consents  to  allow  the  use  and   disclosure  of  personally
identifiable information and each member is informed that he or she has the
ability  to  remove  their  personal   information  from  the  database  of
information made available to third parties.

     Regardless  of the user  agreement,  the  Company  could be  forced to
disclose  information  about users by an  administrative  subpoena or court
order.  For example,  on July 22, 1998,  the Senate adopted an amendment to
S.2260,  the  Departments of Commerce,  Justice,  and State  appropriations
bill,  that  would,  if  enacted,  grant  the FBI  administrative  subpoena
authority  to quickly  access the records of an Internet  service  provider
regarding a potential  sexual  predator  using the  Internet to  improperly
contact children. The Senate passed this appropriations bill as amended, on
July 23, 1998. The House version of the bill was passed on August 5, 1998.
    

     At the international  level, the European Union (the "EU") has adopted
a  directive  (the  "Directive")  that  will  impose  restrictions  on  the
collection and use of personal data,  effective October 1998. The Directive
could,  among other things,  affect United  States  companies  that collect
information over the Internet from individuals in EU member countries,  and
may impose  restrictions  that are more  stringent  than  current  Internet
privacy standards in the U.S. There can be no assurance that this Directive
will not adversely affect the Internet privacy  activities of entities such
as the  Company  that  engage in data  collection  from users in certain EU
member countries in conducting their business.

   
     Any new legislation enacted by federal,  state, or foreign governments
regulating  online  privacy  could  affect the way in which the  Company is
allowed to conduct its business,  especially those aspects that contemplate
the collection or use of members' personal information.
    

     Internet  Taxation.  A  number  of  proposals  have  been  made at the
federal,  state and local level, and by certain foreign  governments,  that
would impose  additional  taxes on the sale of goods and services  over the
Internet,  and certain states have taken  measures to tax  Internet-related
activities.

   
     Currently,  Congress  is  considering  legislation  that would place a
temporary moratorium on any new taxation of Internet commerce.  On June 23,
1998,  the House of  Representatives  passed H.R.  4105,  the "Internet Tax
Freedom  Act," which  includes a three-year  moratorium  on state and local
taxes on Internet access, bit taxes, or multiple or discriminatory taxes on
electronic  commerce.  Certain  existing  state  laws,  however,  would  be
expressly  excepted from this  moratorium if such state law was  reaffirmed
within a one-year period.  The bill would also create a commission to study
several Internet taxation issues and to present proposed legislation to the
President and Congress.  H.R.  4105, if enacted in its current form,  would
also prohibit the FCC and the states from regulating the prices of Internet
access and online services.  See "Access Charges" below. The Senate is also
considering  legislation  on Internet  taxation.  Any  legislation  that is
eventually  passed  by  both  houses  of  Congress  may  contain  provision
different from those in H.R. 4105. In addition to the version passed by the
House of  Representatives,  the Senate Finance Committee approved a version
of S.442 on  November  4, 1997 that would,  among  other  things,  impose a
six-year moratorium and the Senate Commerce Committee approved a version of
S.442 on July 28, 1998 that would,  among other  things,  impose a two-year
moratorium.
    

     There can be no assurance that any such legislation will be adopted by
Congress or that new taxes will not be imposed upon Internet commerce after
any  moratorium  adopted by Congress  expires or that  current  attempts at
taxing or  regulating  commerce over the Internet  would not  substantially
impair  the  growth of  e-commerce  and as a result  adversely  affect  the
Company's opportunity to derive financial benefit from such activities.

   
     The  Clinton  Administration  has stated  that the United  States will
advocate   in  the  World   Trade   Organization   and  other   appropriate
international  organizations  that the  Internet be declared a  tariff-free
environment  whenever  it is used to  deliver  products  and  services.  In
addition, the Clinton Administration has stated that no new taxes should be
imposed on Internet commerce, but rather that taxation should be consistent
with  established  principles  of  international  taxation,   should  avoid
inconsistent national tax jurisdictions and double taxation,  and should be
simple  to  administer  and easy to  understand.  However,  there can be no
assurance   that   foreign   countries   will  not  seek  to  tax  Internet
transactions.
    

     Access  Charges.  Several  telecommunications  carriers are supporting
regulation  of the  Internet  by the FCC in the  same  manner  that the FCC
regulates other  telecommunications  services.  These carriers have alleged
that the  growing  popularity  and use of the  Internet  has  burdened  the
existing telecommunications  infrastructure,  resulting in interruptions in
phone service.  Local telephone carriers such as Pacific Bell, a subsidiary
of SBC  Communications  Inc.,  have petitioned the FCC to regulate ISPs and
OSPs in a manner similar to long distance  telephone carriers and to impose
access fees on ISPs and OSPs. If either of these  petitions is granted,  or
the relief sought therein is otherwise granted,  the costs of communicating
on or  through  the  Internet  could  increase  substantially,  potentially
slowing the growth in Internet use, which could in turn decrease demand for
the Company's services or increase the Company's cost of doing business.

   
     Liability  for  Information  Retrieved  from or  Transmitted  over the
Internet.  Materials may be downloaded  and publicly  distributed  over the
Internet by the Internet  services  operated or facilitated by the Company,
or  by  the  Internet   access   providers   with  which  the  Company  has
relationships.  These  third-party  activities  could  result in  potential
claims  against  the  Company  for  defamation,  negligence,  copyright  or
trademark  infringement  or other claims based on the nature and content of
such materials. See "Risk Factors--Liability for Information Retrieved from
or Transmitted over the Internet."
    

     Future  legislation  or  regulations  or court  decisions may hold the
Company  liable for listings  accessible  through its Web site, for content
and materials posted by members on their respective personal Web pages, for
hyperlinks from or to the personal Web pages of members, or through content
and materials posted in the Company's chat rooms or bulletin  boards.  Such
liability  might arise from claims alleging that, by directly or indirectly
providing hyperlink text links to Web sites operated by third parties or by
providing  hosting  services for members' sites,  the Company is liable for
copyright or trademark infringement or other wrongful actions by such third
parties  through  such  Web  sites.  If  any  third-party  material  on the
Company's Web site contains  informational  errors, the Company may be sued
for losses  incurred  in reliance  on such  information.  While the Company
attempts to reduce its exposure to such potential liability through,  among
other  things,   provisions  in  member   agreements,   user  policies  and
disclaimers,  the  enforceability  and  effectiveness  of such measures are
uncertain.

   
     On May 14, 1998,  the Senate passed  S.2037,  the "Digital  Millennium
Copyright   Act,"  whose  Title  II  contained  the   "Internet   Copyright
Infringement  Liability  Clarification  Act." This  legislation  would,  if
enacted,  provide that, under certain  circumstances,  a "service provider"
would not be liable  for any  monetary  relief,  and  would be  subject  to
limited injunctive relief, for infringing  copyright materials  transmitted
by users over its digital communications network, temporarily stored on its
system by its system  caching  procedures,  stored on  systems or  networks
under its control,  or  connected to its systems or networks by  hyperlinks
and other information  location tools. This legislation also provides that,
under certain circumstances, a service provider shall not be liable for any
claim based on the service  provider's  good faith  removal of or disabling
access  to  such  infringing   material.   On  August  4,  1998,  House  of
Representatives has passed a bill containing similar provisions for service
providers.
    


     The Company's  e-mail service is provided by a third party.  See "Risk
Factors-Dependence on Third-Party Relationships." Such relationship exposes
the Company to potential  risk, such as claims  resulting from  unsolicited
e-mail ("spamming"),  lost or misdirected  messages,  illegal or fraudulent
use of e-mail or  interruptions  or  delays  in e-mail  service.  Potential
liability for information carried on or disseminated  through the Company's
systems could lead the Company to implement measures to reduce its exposure
to such  liability,  which  may  require  the  expenditure  of  substantial
resources and limit the attractiveness of the Company's services to members
and  users.  While the  Company  attempts  to reduce its  exposure  to such
potential  liability  through,  among other  things,  provisions  in member
agreements,   user  policies  and  disclaimers,   the   enforceability  and
effectiveness of such measures are uncertain.

     The Company also enters into  agreements  with  commerce  partners and
sponsors  under  which the  Company is  entitled  to receive a share of any
revenue from the purchase of goods and services  through  direct links from
the  Company's  Web site.  Such  arrangements  may  expose  the  Company to
additional legal risks and uncertainties,  including potential  liabilities
to  consumers  of such  products  and  services by virtue of the  Company's
involvement in providing  access to such products or services,  even if the
Company  does not itself  provide  such  products  or  services.  While the
Company's agreements with these parties often provide that the Company will
be  indemnified  against such  liabilities,  there can be no assurance that
such  indemnification,  if  available,  will be  enforceable  or  adequate.
Although the Company carries  general  liability  insurance,  the Company's
insurance may not cover all potential  claims to which it is exposed or may
not be adequate to  indemnify  the  Company for all  liability  that may be
imposed. Any imposition of liability that is not covered by insurance or is
in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     The increased  attention on liability  issues  relating to information
retrieved  or   transmitted   over  the  Internet   and   legislative   and
administrative proposals in this area could decrease the growth of Internet
use, thereby decreasing the demand for the Company's services.  Even to the
extent that claims  relating to such issues do not result in  liability  to
the Company, the Company could incur significant costs in investigating and
defending against such claims.

     Domain names. Domain names are the user's Internet "addresses." Domain
names have been the  subject of  significant  trademark  litigation  in the
United States.  The Company has registered the domain name  "theglobe.com."
There can be no  assurance  that third  parties  will not bring  claims for
infringement  against the Company for the use of this trademark.  Moreover,
because domain names derive value from the individual's ability to remember
such names,  there can be no assurance that the Company's domain names will
not lose their value if, for  example,  users  begin to rely on  mechanisms
other than domain names to access online resources.

     The current system for  registering,  allocating  and managing  domain
names has been the subject of litigation and of proposed regulatory reform.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  domain names will not lose
their  value,  or that the  Company  will not have to obtain  entirely  new
domain names in addition to or in lieu of its current domain names, if such
litigation  or reform  efforts  result in a  restructuring  in the  current
system.


     Jurisdiction.  Due to the global reach of the Internet, it is possible
that,  although  transmissions  by the Company over the Internet  originate
primarily  in the State of New York,  the  governments  of other states and
foreign  countries  might  attempt to regulate  Internet  activity  and the
Company's  transmissions  or take action against the Company for violations
of their laws.  There can be no assurance that violations of such laws will
not be alleged or  charged  by state or foreign  governments  and that such
laws will not be modified,  or new laws enacted,  in the future. Any of the
foregoing could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.


Employees


     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 75 full-time employees, including
20 in  sales  and  marketing,  45 in  production  and  10  in  finance  and
administration.  The Company's future success will depend,  in part, on its
ability to  continue  to  attract,  retain and  motivate  highly  qualified
technical and management  personnel,  for whom competition is intense. From
time to time, the Company also employs  independent  contractors to support
its   research   and   development,   marketing,   sales  and  support  and
administrative  organizations.  The Company's employees are not represented
by any collective  bargaining unit, and the Company has never experienced a
work  stoppage.  The Company  believes its relations with its employees are
good.


Facilities

   
     The Company's  headquarters are currently located in a leased facility
in New York City,  consisting of approximately 12,000 square feet of office
space,  a  majority  of which is under a  five-year  lease  with four years
remaining.  The Company has  recently  entered  into a three year lease for
approximately          square feet of commercial space in New York City for
its data  facilities.  The Company intends to relocate its  headquarters at
the end of 1998 to a larger  facility and is currently  evaluating a number
of locations in the greater New York City area.  Additionally,  the Company
has  recently  entered into two six month leases for a total of      square
feet  of  office   space  in  New  York  City.   The  Company  also  leases
approximately  1,200 square feet of office space in San  Francisco  for its
West Coast sales office.
    

Legal Proceedings

     There are no material legal  proceedings  pending or, to the Company's
knowledge, threatened against the Company.

                                 MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

     The  following  table sets forth the names,  ages and positions of the
Company's   executive  officers  and  directors.   Executive  officers  are
appointed by, and serve at the discretion  of, the Board of Directors.  All
directors  hold  office  until the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the
Company following their election or until their successors are duly elected
and qualified.


   Name                        Age    Position
   ----                        ---    --------
   Michael S. Egan............  58    Chairman
   Todd V. Krizelman..........  24    Co-Chief Executive Officer,
                                        Co-President
                                        and Director
   Stephan J. Paternot........  24    Co-Chief Executive Officer,
                                        Co-President,
                                        Secretary and Director
   Dean S. Daniels............  41    Vice President and Chief
                                        Operating Officer
   Edward A. Cespedes.........  32    Vice President of Corporate
                                      Development and Director
   Francis T. Joyce...........  45    Vice President, Chief Financial
                                      Officer and Treasurer
                                    
   
   Rosalie V. Arthur..........  39    Director
   Henry C. Duques............  55    Director
   Robert M. Halperin.........  70    Director
   David H. Horowitz..........  69    Director
   H. Wayne Huizenga..........  60    Director

                                   
     Michael S. Egan. Mr. Egan has served as Chairman of theglobe.com since
August 1997. As such, Mr. Egan serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors
and as an executive officer of the Company with primary  responsibility for
day-to-day strategic planning and financing  arrangements.  Mr. Egan is the
controlling   investor  of  Dancing  Bear   Investments  a  privately  held
investment company,  since 1996, which holds a controlling  interest in the
Company. From 1986 to 1996, he was the majority owner and Chairman of Alamo
Rent-A-Car,  Inc. ("Alamo"), now a subsidiary of Republic Industries,  Inc.
Mr.  Egan began his career with Alamo in 1976 and held  various  management
and  ownership  positions  during this period until he bought a controlling
interest in 1986. Mr. Egan is also Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of
Certified   Vacations,   a  wholesale  tour   operator,   and  Chairman  of
AutobyInternet.  Mr. Egan is a director of Florida Panthers Holdings,  Inc.
Mr. Egan began in the car rental business with Olins  Rent-A-Car,  where he
held various positions,  including President. Prior to acquiring Alamo, Mr.
Egan  held  various   administrative   positions  at  Yale  University  and
administrative and teaching positions at the University of Massachusetts at
Amherst. Mr. Egan is a graduate of Cornell University,  where he received a
bachelor's degree in Hotel Administration.
    

     Todd V. Krizelman. Mr. Krizelman co-founded the Company in the fall of
1994. He is Co-Chief  Executive Officer and Co-President of the Company and
has served in various  capacities with the Company since its founding.  Mr.
Krizelman  graduated from Cornell  University in 1996,  where he received a
bachelor's degree in Biology.

     Stephan J. Paternot.  Mr. Paternot  co-founded the Company in the fall
of 1994. He is Co-Chief  Executive  Officer,  Co-President and Secretary of
the Company and has served in various capacities with the Company since its
founding.  Mr. Paternot graduated from Cornell University in 1996, where he
received bachelor's degrees in Business and Computer Science.


     Dean S. Daniels.  Mr.  Daniels was appointed  Vice President and Chief
Operating  Officer of the Company in August 1998.  From February 1997 until
joining the  Company,  Mr.  Daniels  served as Vice  President  and General
Manager of CBS New  Media,  a  subsidiary  managing  all of CBS  Television
Network's  activity on the Internet.  From March 1996 to February 1997, Mr.
Daniels was the Director of Interactive  Services at CBS News. From 1994 to
1996,  Mr.  Daniels  served as Director of Affiliate  News  Services at CBS
NEWSPATH. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Daniels was Director of News of WCBS-TV, a
CBS owned  television  station in New York. Prior to that time, Mr. Daniels
held various positions at WCBS-TV,  including executive  producer,  and was
the recipient of four Emmy Awards.


     Edward A.  Cespedes.  Mr.  Cespedes was  appointed  Vice  President of
Corporate  Development  in July 1998 and has  served as a  director  of the
Company since August 1997. As Vice President for Corporate Development, Mr.
Cespedes has primary responsibility for corporate development opportunities
including  mergers  and  acquisitions.  Mr.  Cespedes  is  also a  Managing
Director of Dancing Bear  Investments.  Mr.  Cespedes  joined  Dancing Bear
Investments at its inception in 1996,  where his  responsibilities  include
venture capital investments, mergers and acquisitions and finance. Prior to
joining  Dancing  Bear  Investments,  Mr.  Cespedes  served as  Director of
Corporate  Finance for Alamo in 1996,  where he was responsible for general
corporate  finance in the United  States and in Europe.  From 1988 to 1996,
Mr.  Cespedes  worked in the Investment  Banking  Division of J.P. Morgan &
Company,  where he most recently focused on mergers and  acquisitions.  Mr.
Cespedes  also  serves on the board of  directors  of  AutobyInternet.  Mr.
Cespedes  received a  bachelor's  degree in  International  Relations  from
Columbia University.

     Francis T.  Joyce.  Mr.  Joyce was  appointed  Vice  President,  Chief
Financial  Officer and  Treasurer  of the  Company in July 1998.  From 1997
until joining the Company,  Mr. Joyce served as Chief Financial  Officer of
the Reed  Travel  Group,  a  division  of Reed  Elsevier  Plc,  which is an
international publisher of travel information. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Joyce
was the Chief Financial  Officer at Alexander  Consulting Group, a division
of Alexander & Alexander  Services,  Inc.,  an  international  professional
services  firm,  which  included  a human  resources  consulting  firm,  an
insurance  brokerage unit and an executive  planning life  insurance  unit.
From  1988 to 1994,  Mr.  Joyce  worked  as a  Senior  Vice  President  and
controller  at Bates  Worldwide,  a division  of Saatchi & Saatchi  Co., an
advertising  firm.  Mr. Joyce  received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting
from the  University  of Scranton  and a Master of Business  Administration
from Fordham University. He is a Certified Public Accountant.

     Rosalie V. Arthur.  Ms. Arthur has served as a director of the Company
since  August  1997.  Ms.  Arthur is a Senior  Managing  Director  and Vice
President  of Mergers and  Acquisitions  of Dancing Bear  Investments.  She
currently  serves on the Board of Directors of Dancing Bear Investments and
several  of its  affiliated  companies.  She also  served  on the  Board of
Directors  of  Alamo  Rent-A-Car  and  affiliated  entities  and  Nantucket
Nectars. Prior to joining Dancing Bear Investments,  she served as Chief of
Staff and  Financial  Counselor to the Chairman of Alamo from 1986 to 1996,
when the  Company  was  sold.  Ms.  Arthur  was the  Manager  of  Financial
Reporting  at  Sensormatic  Electronics  Corporation  from 1984 to 1986 and
worked in the audit  department of KPMG Peat Marwick from 1980 to 1984. Ms.
Arthur  received her Bachelor of Science in Accounting  from the University
of South Florida. She is a Certified Public Accountant.

   
     Henry C. Duques. Mr. Duques is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
First Data  Corporation,  a position  he has held  since  April 1989.  From
September 1987  to 1989, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the  Data  Based  Services  Group of  American  Express  Travel  Related
Services Company,  Inc., the predecessor to First Data Corporation.  He was
Group  President  of  Financial  Services  and a  member  of the  board  of
directors of Automatic Data Processing,  Inc. from 1984 to 1987. Mr. Duques
is currently a director of Unisys Corporation.  Mr. Duques holds a Bachelor
of Business  Administration  in  Accounting  and an MBA in  Accounting  and
Finance from George Washington University.

     Robert M.  Halperin.  Mr.  Halperin  has served as a  director  of the
Company  since  1995.  Mr.  Halperin  has acted as an advisor  to  Greylock
Management, a venture capital firm, for the past five years. He is a member
of the  board of  directors  of Avid  Technology,  Inc.  In  addition,  Mr.
Halperin  serves on the Board of  Directors  of the  Associates  of Harvard
Business School,  the Harvard  Business School  Publishing Co. and Stanford
Health Services and also is a Life Trustee of the University of Chicago. He
is the former Vice Chairman of Raychem Corporation's Board of Directors and
also served as its  President and Chief  Operating  Officer.  Mr.  Halperin
joined  Raychem  Corporation  in 1957.  Mr.  Halperin  received a master of
business  administration degree from Harvard Business School, and he earned
a bachelor's  degree in liberal arts from the  University  of Chicago and a
bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University.

     David H.  Horowitz.  Mr.  Horowitz  has  served as a  Director  of the
Company  since  December  1995.  Mr.  Horowitz has acted as an investor and
consultant in the media and communications industries for at least the past
five years,  and as a  consultant  to the  American  Society of  Composers,
Authors and Publishers, and a Lecturer at the Columbia University School of
Law. From 1973 to 1984, Mr.  Horowitz was an officer and director of Warner
Communications,  Inc.,  and  until  1985  he was  President  and CEO of MTV
Networks, Inc. Mr. Horowitz is a graduate of Columbia University,  where he
received a bachelor's degree, and is a graduate of Columbia Law School.

     H. Wayne  Huizenga.  Mr.  Huizenga  has  served as a  director  of the
Company  since July 1998.  Mr.  Huizenga  has served as the Chairman of the
Board of Republic  Industries,  Inc.  since  August  1995,  as its Co-Chief
Executive  Officer  since October 1996 and as its Chief  Executive  Officer
from  August  1995 until  October  1996.  Mr.  Huizenga  also serves as the
Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of  Republic  Services,
Inc., as the Chairman of the Board of Florida Panthers  Holdings,  Inc., as
the Chairman of the Board of Extended Stay America,  Inc. and a director of
NationsRent, Inc.  From  September  1994 until October 1995,  Mr.  Huizenga
served as the Vice Chairman of Viacom Inc. ("Viacom"),  and as the Chairman
of the Board of Blockbuster Entertainment Group ("Blockbuster"), a division
of Viacom.  From April 1987 through  September 1994, Mr. Huizenga served as
the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer of  Blockbuster.  In
September  1994,  Blockbuster  merged into Viacom.  In 1971,  Mr.  Huizenga
co-founded  Waste  Management,  Inc.  and  served  in  various  capacities,
including  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer  and a  director  from its
inception until 1984. Mr. Huizenga also owns or controls the Miami Dolphins
and Florida Marlins  professional sports franchises,  as well as Pro Player
Stadium, in South Florida.
    

Key Employees

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  names  and  positions  of the
Company's key employees.


   
   Name                        Position
   ----                        --------
    

   Vance Huntley               Director of Technology
   Esther Loewy                Director of Communications
   Will Margiloff              Director of Advertising Sales
   Richard Mass                General Counsel
   David Tonkin                Director of Human Resources



   
     Vance  Huntley.  Vance Huntley joined  theglobe.com  in August 1995 as
Director of  Technology.  Between 1991 and 1994 Mr.  Huntley held  software
development positions with Delta-Epsilon Software and the Cornell Institute
of Social Economic  Research.  In 1994 Mr. Huntley developed a Transmission
Electron  Microscopy  simulation for the Cornell  Materials  Science Center
while  completing  his BS in the Applied & Engineering  Physics  program at
Cornell  University.  In 1990, Mr. Huntley wrote simulation software at the
Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Supercomputing Center.
    

     Esther Loewy. Ms. Loewy joined theglobe.com in May 1997 as Director of
Communications. As such, Ms. Loewy is responsible for managing the in-house
communications  department  for the  Company  as well as the  direction  of
theglobe.com's media and public relations. Before joining theglobe.com, Ms.
Loewy was a consultant for the @Cafe in New York and other media  companies
from  1995 to 1997.  From  1992 to 1995  Ms.  Loewy  was a  Senior  Account
Executive at Charles Levine Communication.

     Will Margiloff.  Mr.  Margiloff  joined  theglobe.com in March 1998 as
Director  of  Advertising  Sales.  Mr.  Margiloff  is  responsible  for the
management and direction of theglobe.com's  sales force in New York and San
Francisco,  as well as the expansion of the Company's  advertising  efforts
both domestically and internationally.  Before joining  theglobe.com,  from
1997 to 1998 Mr.  Margiloff was the Vice  President of East Coast Sales for
24/7  Media.  From  1995  to 1998  Mr.  Margiloff  held  the  senior  sales
management position at software site Jumbo!

   
     Richard W. Mass. Mr. Mass was appointed General Counsel of the Company
in September 1998. From 1994 until joining the Company,  Mr. Mass served as
a senior  attorney  supporting  AT&T's  Internet  services and was also the
chief counsel for Downtown Digital, AT&T's digital production facility that
developed  interactive  television  programming and Web sites. From 1992 to
1994,  Mr.  Mass was an attorney  at Gray Cary Ware &  Freidenrich  in Palo
Alto,  California.  From 1991 to 1992,  Mr.  Mass was a Visiting  Assistant
Professor of Law at the  University of Miami and from 1987 to 1990 Mr. Mass
was an attorney at Proskauer,  Rose,  Goetz & Mendelsohn  in New York.  Mr.
Mass  received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics  from  Williams  College and
received a law degree from Stanford Law School.
    

     David Tonkin.  Mr. Tonkin joined  theglobe.com in May 1998 as Director
of Human Resources.  Mr. Tonkin is responsible for managing the recruiting,
hiring and human resource  administration of all employees at theglobe.com.
Before  joining  theglobe.com,  from  1995 to 1998 Mr.  Tonkin  worked as a
Senior Resource Manager for Knowledge Transfer  International,  responsible
for recruiting, developing and managing consulting staffing services. Prior
to that  time,  from 1994 to 1995,  Mr.  Tonkin  worked  as Human  Resource
Manager for NightRider  (Alco  Management  Service).  From 1993 to 1994 Mr.
Tonkin worked as Operations Manager for Premier Shoe Company.

Board Committees

     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and monitors the
corporate  financial  reporting and the internal and external audits of the
Company,  including,  among other things,  the Company's control functions,
the results and scope of the annual  audit and other  services  provided by
the Company's  independent  accountants,  and the Company's compliance with
legal  matters that have a significant  impact on the  Company's  financial
condition.  The Audit Committee will consult with the Company's  management
and the Company's  independent  accountants  prior to the  presentation  of
financial  statements  to  stockholders  and,  as  appropriate,   initiates
inquiries into aspects of the Company's financial affairs. In addition, the
Audit  Committee  has the  responsibility  to consider  and  recommend  the
appointment  of,  and  to  review  fee  arrangements  with,  the  Company's
independent  accountants.  The current  members of the Audit  Committee are
Messrs. Halperin and Horowitz and Ms. Arthur.

     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes
recommendations to the Board regarding the Company's  compensation policies
and all forms of  compensation  to be provided to  executive  officers  and
directors of the Company,  including,  among other things,  annual salaries
and bonuses and stock option and other incentive compensation  arrangements
of the Company. In addition,  the Compensation  Committee reviews bonus and
stock compensation arrangements for all other employees of the Company. The
current members of the Compensation  Committee are Messrs.  Egan,  Halperin
and  Horowitz and Ms.  Arthur.  Prior to July 15,  1998,  the  Compensation
Committee  consisted of Messrs.  Egan,  Halperin,  Krizelman  and Paternot.
Stock option grants will be approved,  at the election of the  Compensation
Committee, by either the entire Board or a subcommittee of the Compensation
Committee consisting of Messrs. Horowitz and Halperin.

     The   Nominating   Committee   of  the   Board  of   Directors   makes
recommendations to the Board of Directors  regarding nominees for the Board
of Directors.  The current members of the Nominating  Committee are Messrs.
Egan, Krizelman and Paternot and Ms. Arthur.

Executive Officers

     Executive  officers  of the  Company  are  appointed  by the  Board of
Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Directors' Compensation

     Directors   who  are  also   employees  of  the  Company   receive  no
compensation  for  serving  on the  Board of  Directors.  With  respect  to
Directors who are not employees of the Company ("Non-Employee  Directors"),
the Company  intends to reimburse  such  directors for all travel and other
expenses  incurred in connection with attending such Board of Directors and
committee  meetings.  Non-Employee  Directors  are also eligible to receive
automatic  stock option grants under the 1998 Plan.  The 1998 Plan provides
that each eligible  Non-Employee  Director as of July 13, 1998 will receive
an initial grant of options to acquire  50,000 shares of Common Stock,  and
each Director who becomes an eligible Non-Employee Director after such date
will receive an initial grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of Common
Stock.  In addition,  each eligible  Non-Employee  Director will receive an
annual  grant of  options to acquire  7,500  shares of Common  Stock on the
first  business  day  following  each of the  Company's  annual  meeting of
shareholders  that occurs while the 1998 Plan is in effect.  All such stock
options  will be granted with per share  exercise  prices equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant.

Executive Compensation

     The following table sets forth information concerning compensation for
services in all capacities awarded to, earned by or paid to the Company's
Co-Chief Executive Officers (collectively, the "Named Executives") during
the year ended December 31, 1997:


                       SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)

                                                  
                                                  Long-Term
                                                  Compensation
                                                  ------------
                                                  Number of
                                                  Securities
                                                  Underlying
                             Annual Compensation  Securities
                             -------------------  Underlying
                                       Bonus        Options   All Other
Name and Principal Position  Salary($)  ($)           (#)     Compensation($)(2)
- ---------------------------  --------  ------     ----------- -----------------

Todd V. Krizelman,           $76,000   $18,750     289,951       $500,000
  Co-Chief Executive
  Officer and Co-President
Stephan J. Paternot,         $76,000   $18,750     289,951       $500,000
  Co-Chief Executive Officer,
  Co-President and Secretary


- ----------------------
(1)  The  Company  did not have any other  executive  officers  during this
     period.  

(2)  Reflects a one-time payment of $500,000  associated with the Company's
     sale of Preferred  Stock and Warrants to Dancing Bear  Investments  in
     August 1997.



                      1997 YEAR END OPTION VALUES (1)


                                 Number of           Value of
                                Securities          Unexercised
                                Underlying         In-the-Money
                            Unexercised Options    Options at Fiscal
                            at Fiscal Year-End (#)  Year-End ($)(2)
                              
                         ---------------------------------------------------
Name                     Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
- ----------------------   ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------

Todd V. Krizelman            50,000    289,951      $68,000   $295,750

Stephan J. Paternot          50,000    289,951      $68,000   $295,750


(1)  The Named Executives did not exercise any options in 1997.

   
(2)  Based on a per share fair market value of Common Stock equal to $   , as
     of December 31, 1997.
    



                       OPTIONS GRANTS IN 1997

                                                               Potential
                                                               Realizable Value
                                                               at Assumed Rates
                    Number of  Percent     Exercise            of Stock Price
                    Securities of Options  or                  Appreciation for
                    Underlying Granted to  Base                Option Term (1)
                    Options    Employees   Price   Expiration  ----------------
Name                Granted(#) in 1997     ($/sh)  Date           5%      10%
- ------------------ ---------   ---------   ------- ----------  ---------  -----

Todd V. Krizelman   289,951      37%       $0.35   May 2007  $172,348  $438,705
Stephan J. Paternot 289,951      37%       $0.35   May 2007  $172,348  $438,705

- --------------
(1)  These amounts represent certain assumed rates of appreciation only and
     are displayed in connection with SEC disclosure  rules.  Actual gains,
     if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on future  performance
     of the Common Stock.


Employment Agreements

     On August 13, 1997,  the Company  entered into  employment  agreements
(each a "Chief Executive Employment  Agreement") with Todd V. Krizelman and
Stephan  J.  Paternot.  Pursuant  to the  terms  of  each  Chief  Executive
Employment Agreement,  each individual will be employed as an Executive (as
defined therein) of the Company.  Each Chief Executive Employment Agreement
provides for an annual base salary of $125,000 with  eligibility to receive
annual increases amounting to no less than 15% of the Executive's then-base
salary. Pursuant to the Chief Executive Employment Agreements,  each of the
Executives also received a one-time payment of $500,000 associated with the
sale of Preferred Stock and Warrants to Dancing Bear  Investments,  and are
entitled  to an annual  cash  bonus,  which will be assessed at the Board's
discretion and upon the  achievement of target  performance  objectives set
forth  in  the  Company's  budget.  Each  Executive  is  also  entitled  to
participate in the stock option plans of the Company as well as all health,
welfare, and other benefit plans provided by the Company to its most senior
executives.


     Each  of  the  Chief  Executive  Employment  Agreements  is for a term
expiring  August 13, 2002,  subject to earlier  termination  as provided in
each Chief  Executive  Employment  Agreement.  Each of the Chief Executive
Employment  Agreements  provides  that, in the event of  termination by the
Company  without  Cause (as  defined  in each  Chief  Executive  Employment
Agreement), the Executive will be entitled to receive from the Company: (i)
any accrued and unpaid base salary,  (ii)  reimbursement for any reasonable
and necessary  monies advanced or expenses  incurred in connection with the
Executive's  employment,  (iii) a pro-rata  portion of the annual bonus for
the year of termination and (iv) for one year following such termination or
the  remainder  of the term of the Chief  Executive  Employment  Agreement,
whichever is less,  continued  salary  payments and employee  benefits.  In
addition,  termination without Cause automatically  triggers the vesting of
all stock options held by the Executive.


     In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Chief Executive
Employment  Agreement) or a dissolution of the Company,  each Executive may
elect to terminate his  employment by delivering a notice within 60 days to
the  Company  and  receive (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary as of the
termination date and (ii) an amount  reimbursing the Executive for expenses
incurred on behalf of the Company prior to the termination date.


     Each Chief Executive  Employment  Agreement contains a covenant not to
compete  with the  Company for a period of five years from the date of each
Chief Executive Employment Agreement or, in the case of termination without
Cause or after a Change in  Control,  the  earlier  of a period of one year
immediately  following  termination  of  employment  or five years from the
consummation of the Offerings.

   
     The Company  has entered  into an  Employment  Agreement  with Dean S.
Daniels (the "Daniels Employment Agreement").  Pursuant to the terms of the
Daniels  Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Daniels  will be  employed  as  Chief
Operating  Officer  ("COO") of the Company  effective  August 31, 1998. The
Daniels Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of not less
than  $250,000  per year and an annual cash bonus of $50,000.  Mr.  Daniels
will be granted stock options (the "Options") to purchase 225,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  with an  exercise  price per share equal to the fair market
value per share of Common  Stock as of the date of the grant.  The  Daniels
Employment  Agreement  also  provides  for the  accelerated  vesting  of an
aggregate  of 50,000  of such  options  upon the  Company's  attainment  of
certain financial targets in the 1998 and 1999 fiscal years of the Company.
The  Options  will vest with  respect to  one-third  of the shares  subject
thereto on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

     The Daniels Employment  Agreement is for a term expiring on August 31,
2001, subject to earlier  termination as provided in the Daniels Employment
Agreement.  The Daniels Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of
termination  by the  Company  without  Cause  (as  defined  in the  Daniels
Employment  Agreement),  Mr.  Daniels  will be entitled to receive from the
Company (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary (as of the termination date)
and  salary   continuation   during  a  non-competition   period  following
termination  which  will be one year,  (ii)  reimbursement  for any and all
reasonable  monies  advanced or expenses  incurred in  connection  with his
employment,  and (iii) the  annual  bonus for the year of  termination.  In
addition  termination without Cause  automatically  triggers the vesting of
all stock options held by Mr. Daniels that have not yet vested.
    

     The Daniels  Employment  Agreement  contains a covenant not to compete
with the  Company  for a period  of one year  from the date of the  Daniels
Employment Agreement's termination.

   
     On July 13, 1998,  the Company  entered into an  Employment  Agreement
with Francis T. Joyce (the "Joyce Employment  Agreement").  Pursuant to the
terms of the Joyce  Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Joyce will be  employed as
Chief  Financial  Officer  ("CFO")  of the  Company.  The Joyce  Employment
Agreement  provides for an annual base salary of not less than $200,000 per
year  with  eligibility  to  receive  annual  increases  in base  salary as
determined  by the Co-Chief  Executive  Officers and  Co-Presidents  of the
Company.  Mr. Joyce will also receive an annual cash bonus of $50,000.  Mr.
Joyce will be granted  Options to purchase  225,000 shares of Common Stock,
175,000 of which will have an exercise  price per share equal to 85% of the
the initial public offering price.) As a result,  the Company will record a
charge for  deferred  compensation  expense  in the third  quarter of 1998,
representing  the  difference  between  the deemed  value of the  Company's
Common Stock, the initial public offering price for accounting purposes and
the exercise  price of such options at the date of grant.  Such amount will
be presented as a reduction of stockholders'  equity and amortized over the
vesting  period of the  applicable  options.  The  Options  shall vest with
respect to  one-third  of the shares  subject  thereto on each of the first
three  anniversaries of the date of grant.  The Joyce Employment  Agreement
also provides for the accelerated vesting of an aggregate of 50,000 of such
options upon the Company's  attainment of certain  financial targets in the
1998 and 1999 fiscal years of the Company.
    

     The Joyce  Employment  Agreement  is for a term  expiring  on July 13,
2001,  subject to earlier  termination and provided in the Joyce Employment
Agreement.  The Joyce Employment  Agreement  provides that, in the event of
termination  by  the  Company  without  Cause  (as  defined  in  the  Joyce
Employment  Agreement),  Mr.  Joyce will be  entitled  to receive  from the
Company (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary (as of the termination date)
and  salary   continuation   during  a  non-competition   period  following
termination which will be six months (or one year, if the Company elects to
pay Mr. Joyce his salary during such period),  (ii)  reimbursement  for any
and all  monies  advanced  or  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with his
employment,  and (iii) a pro-rata  portion of the annual bonus for the year
of  termination.   In  addition  termination  without  Cause  automatically
triggers  the vesting of all stock  options held by Mr. Joyce that have not
yet vested.


     The Joyce Employment Agreement contains a covenant not to compete with
the  Company  for a period of from six months (or one year,  if the Company
elects to pay Mr. Joyce his salary during such period) from the date of the
Joyce Employment Agreement's termination.

1998 Stock Option Plan

     The Company's  1998 Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by
the Board of Directors on July 15, 1998,  and approved by the  stockholders
of the Company as of July 15, 1998. The 1998 Plan provides for the grant of
"incentive stock options" intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code
and stock options which do not so qualify.  The granting of incentive stock
options is subject to limitation as set forth in the 1998 Plan.  Directors,
officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries are
eligible to receive  grants under the 1998 Plan.  The 1998 Plan is designed
to comply with the requirements for "performance-based  compensation" under
Section  162(m) of the Code,  and the  conditions  for  exemption  from the
short-swing  profit  recovery  rules  under  Rule  16b-3 of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

     The purpose of the 1998 Plan is to strengthen the Company by providing
an incentive to its  directors,  officers,  employees and  consultants  and
thereby  encouraging  them to devote  their  abilities  and industry to the
success of the Company's business enterprise. Options may be granted by the
Board or  Committee  (as defined  below) in its  discretion  to  directors,
officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. In
addition,  directors  of the  Company  who are not  also  employees  of the
Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  are  eligible  to  receive  automatic
formula  option  grants as provided in the 1998 Plan.  Such formula  option
grants  include an initial grant of options to acquire 50,000 shares to the
eligible non-employee directors who served on the Board as of July 15, 1998
(25,000 shares to eligible non-employee  directors who become directors for
the first time after July 15, 1998) as well as annual  grants of options to
acquire  7,500  shares  to  eligible  non-employee  directors  on  the  day
following  each  annual  shareholders  meeting  while  the 1998  Plan is in
effect.  The terms and conditions of such options are set forth in the 1998
Plan.

   
     The 1998  Plan  authorizes  for  issuance  1,800,000  shares of Common
Stock,  subject to  adjustment as provided in the 1998 Plan. As of July 15,
1998, the Board of Directors  approved for grant 200,000 options to each of
Messrs.  Krizelman  and  Paternot  and  50,000  options  to  Mr.  Cespedes.
One-quarter of Mr. Cespedes' options are immediately vested.  Additionally,
the Company  intends to grant,  subject to Board of  Directors or Committee
approval,  200,000  and  7,500  options  to  Mr.  Egan  and  Mr.  Cespedes,
respectively,  in  connection  with their  appointment  as  officers of the
Company.  Options  will be granted by the Board of Directors or a committee
(the  "Committee")  of the  Board  of  Directors  comprised  of two or more
"non-employee  directors"  within  the  meaning of Rule  16b-3,  and unless
otherwise  determined by the Board of the  Directors,  "outside  directors"
within the meaning of Section 162(m),  which will administer the 1998 Plan.
See "-- Board  Committees."  No  individual  may be  granted  options  with
respect to more than a total of 500,000 shares during any three consecutive
calendar year period under the 1998 Plan. Shares of Common Stock subject to
the 1998 Plan may either be  authorized  and unissued  shares or previously
issued  shares  acquired  or to be  acquired by the Company and held in its
treasury.  Subject to the terms of the 1998  Plan,  the  Committee  has the
right to grant options to eligible  participants and to determine the terms
and  conditions of option  agreements,  including the vesting  schedule and
exercise price of such options. The 1998 Plan provides that the term of any
option may not exceed  ten years.  In the event of a Change in Control  (as
defined in the 1998 Plan) all outstanding  options will become  immediately
and fully vested. If a participant's  employment (or service as a director)
is  terminated  following a Change in Control,  any options  vested at such
time will remain  outstanding until the earlier of the first anniversary of
such termination and the expiration of the option term.
    

     In  order  to  prevent  dilution  or  enlargement  of  the  rights  of
participants,  the 1998 Plan permits the Committee to make  adjustments  to
the aggregate number of shares subject to the 1998 Plan or any option,  and
to the purchase price to be paid or the amount to be received in connection
with the  realization of any option,  upon the occurrence of certain events
as described in the 1998 Plan.

   
     The  Company  intends,  subject  to  final  approval  of the  Board of
Directors,  to issue  shares of  Common  Stock to the  Company's  Community
Leaders  under the 1998 Plan.  Immediately  following  the execution of the
Underwriting  Agreement,  each of the Company's  Community  Leaders,  as of
July 23,  1998,  will be issued       fully  vested  shares of Common Stock
(approximately       in the aggregate),  contingent upon the closing of the
Offerings.
    

1995 Stock Option Plan

   
     The  Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan,  as amended (the "1995 Plan"),
was  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  on May 26,  1995.  The 1995 Plan
provides for the grant of incentive stock options and  non-qualified  stock
options.  Directors,  employees  and  consultants  of the  Company  and its
affiliates  are eligible to receive  grants  under the 1995 Plan.  The 1995
Plan authorizes for issuance  1,582,000 shares of Common Stock,  subject to
adjustment as provided in the 1995 Plan.  Options relating to approximately
1,438,041  shares of Common Stock are  outstanding  under the 1995 Plan and
approximately  one share  remains  subject  to future  option  grants.  The
remaining  options under the 1995 Plan may be granted by Messrs.  Krizelman
and Paternot  pursuant to the terms of the 1995 Plan. The Company currently
intends to grant 500 options to each of its employees currently employed by
the Company and who have served prior to January 1, 1998 and 200 options to
each of its employees currently employed by the Company as of July 24, 1998
whose employment commenced after January 1, 1998.

401(k) Savings Plan
    

     theglobe.com  has established a savings and  profit-sharing  plan that
qualifies  as a  tax-deferred  saving  plan  under  Section  401(k)  of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Savings Plan") for certain  eligible  employees
of theglobe.com.  Under the Savings Plan, participants may contribute up to
15% of their eligible compensation, up to $10,000, in any year on a pre-tax
basis.  Such  employee  contributions  are  fully-vested  at all times.  In
addition,   theglobe.com   may,   in  its   discretion,   make   additional
contributions on behalf of participants.  All amounts contributed under the
Savings Plan are invested in one or more investment  accounts  administered
by the plan administrator.


   
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation


     On July 15,  1998,  Michael  S.  Egan,  Robert M.  Halperin,  David H.
Horowitz and Rosalie Arthur were  appointed as members of the  Compensation
Committee.  Prior to such date, the Compensation Committee was comprised of
Messrs. Egan, Halperin, Krizelman and Paternot. Mr. Egan will, effective as
of July 22, 1998, also serve as an executive  officer of the Company in his
role as Chairman. Mr. Egan is also the controlling investor of Dancing Bear
Investments,  and Ms. Arthur is a Senior Managing  Director of Dancing Bear
Investments.   See  "Certain   Relationships  and  Related  Transactions  -
Arrangements  with Entities  Controlled by Certain Directors and Officers."
Although  it is  contemplated  that Mr.  Egan will not  receive a salary or
bonus from the Company,  the Company intends to grant,  subject to Board of
Directors  or  Committee  approval,  stock  options to Mr. Egan for 200,000
shares of Common  Stock under the  Company's  1998 Stock  Option  Plan,  as
consideration  for  his  performance  of  services  in his  capacity  as an
executive  officer.  In the past  fiscal  year,  Mr.  Egan has  served as a
director of AutobyInternet and Certified Vacations, entities with which the
Company has recently begun e-commerce arrangements.
    

Key Man Insurance

     The Company  does not have and  currently  does not intend to purchase
key man insurance.

Indemnification Agreements

     The Company  has  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with its
directors and officers.  These  agreements  provide,  in general,  that the
Company shall  indemnify  and hold harmless such  directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by law against any judgments,  fines,  amounts
paid  in  settlement,   and  expenses   (including   attorneys'   fees  and
disbursements)  incurred in connection  with, or in any way arising out of,
any claim,  action or proceeding  (whether civil or criminal)  against,  or
affecting,  such directors and officers  resulting from,  relating to or in
any way  arising  out of, the  service of such  directors  and  officers as
directors and officers of the Company.

               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


   
Arrangements with Entities Controlled by Certain Directors and Officers

     The Company has recently  entered  into an  e-commerce  contract  with
Republic Industries, Inc. ("Republic"),  an entity affiliated with H. Wayne
Huizenga,  pursuant  to which  the  Company  has  granted  a right of first
negotiation  with respect to the exclusive right to engage in or conduct an
automotive "clubsite" on theglobe.com. Additionally, Republic has agreed to
purchase  advertising  from the Company for a three-year  period at a price
which will be adjusted to match any more favorable advertising price quoted
to a third party by the Company,  excluding certain short-term  advertising
rates.

     In addition,  the Company has entered into an  e-commerce  arrangement
with  InteleTravel,  an entity  controlled by Michael S. Egan,  whereby the
Company  developed a Web community for InteleTravel in order for its travel
agents to conduct  business  through  theglobe.com Web site in exchange for
access to InteleTravel customers for distribution of the Company's products
and services.

     The Company believes that the terms of the foregoing  arrangements are
on comparable  terms as if they were entered into with  unaffiliated  third
parties.  As of the date  hereof,  revenues  received by the  Company  from
Republic and InteleTravel have not been material.

Stockholders' Agreement

     Messrs.  Egan,  Krizelman  and Paternot and Ms. Arthur expect to enter
into a  Stockholders'  Agreement  pursuant to which Mr. Egan agrees to vote
for certain  nominees  of Messrs.  Krizelman  and  Paternot to the Board of
Directors and Messrs.  Krizelman and Paternot  agree to vote for Mr. Egan's
nominees  to the  Board,  who  will  represent  a  majority  of the  Board.
Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement, Messrs.
Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur have granted an irrevocable
proxy to Dancing Bear  Investments  with respect to any shares which may be
acquired by them pursuant to exercise of outstanding  Warrants  transferred
to each of them by Dancing Bear Investments to a voting trust controlled by
Michael S. Egan.  Such  shares will be voted by Dancing  Bear  Investments,
which is controlled  by Michael S. Egan,  and will be subject to a right of
first  refusal in favor of Dancing  Bear  Investments  upon  transfer.  The
Stockholders'  Agreement  will also provide that Messrs.  Egan,  Krizelman,
Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be subject to certain "tag-along"
rights and Messrs. Krizelman,  Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be
subject to certain  "drag-along"  rights,  with  respect to such  shares in
connection  with any private sale of  securities  of the Company  after the
Offerings.
    


Transactions with Directors, Officers and 5% Stockholders

   
     Since  the  Company's  inception,   the  Company  has  raised  capital
primarily  through the sale of shares of its Preferred Stock. The following
table  summarizes the shares of Common Stock and Preferred  Stock purchased
for  greater  than  $60,000  by  executive   officers,   directors  and  5%
stockholders  of the  Company and  persons  associated  with them since the
Company's inception.


                          Common
Executive                 Stock                 Preferred Stock
Officers,                 ------------------------------------------------------
Directors and
5% Stockholders                     Series B  Series C  Series D(1)  Series E(2)
- ---------------           --------  --------  --------  ----------   ----------

Dancing Bear(3)                                              51        10
Investments, Inc.
Michael S.Egan(4)                                            51        10
Robert M. Halperin(5)       85,417    47,620  12,500
David H. Horowitz(6)        31,944   100,000  25,000

- --------------------

(1)  Convertible into 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock.


(2)  Represents  Warrants to purchase 10 shares of Series E Preferred Stock
     prior to the Offerings and an aggregate of 4,046,018  shares of Common
     Stock after the Offerings.


(3)  Dancing Bear Investments  paid $20 million for its initial  investment
     in the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrants.

(4)  Includes the shares that Mr. Egan is deemed to beneficially own as the
     controlling investor of Dancing Bear Investments.

(5)  Mr. Halperin paid $8,171.88 in 1998 in connection with the exercise of
     options for his Common Stock. Mr. Halperin paid $25,000.50 and $25,000
     for his Series B and Series C Preferred  Stock issued in December 1995
     and November 1996, respectively.

(6)  Mr. Horowitz paid $3,111.06 in 1997 in connection with the exercise of
     options for his Common  Stock.  Mr.  Horowitz paid $52,000 and $50,000
     for his Series B and Series C Preferred  Stock issued in December 1995
     and November 1996, respectively.
    

     All of the directors  and  executive  officers of the Company are also
parties  to  registration  rights  agreements  with the  Company  which are
described under  "Description of Capital  Stock--Registration  Rights." The
Company also has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors
and officers. See "Management--Indemnification Agreements."


   
     In the  Concurrent  Offering,  the Company will sell to the Concurrent
Purchasers           shares of Common Stock at a price equal to the Initial
Public Offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions
but  including  the  Placement  Agent Fee.  The  Company  expects  that the
Concurrent  Purchasers will include certain of the Company's  directors and
officers.
    



                          PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


     The following  table sets forth, as of August 19, 1998 and as adjusted
to  reflect  the sale of       shares  offered  by the  Company  hereunder,
certain information with respect to the beneficial  ownership of the Common
Stock of the Company by (i) each  person  known to the Company to own 5% or
more of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's
directors,  (iii) each of the Company's executive officers, and (iv) all of
the directors and executive officers as a group.

     The percentages of total shares of Common Stock set forth below assume
that only the indicated person or group has exercised  options and warrants
which are exercisable  within 60 days of August 19, 1998 and do not reflect
the  percentage  of Common  Stock  which would be  calculated  if all other
holders of currently  exercisable  options or Warrants had exercised  their
securities. See footnote 1 below.




   
                                           Shares of Common
                                          Stock Expected to be     Percentage of Total Shares
                                  Shares    Purchased in the          of Common Stock
                               Beneficially   Concurrent            ------------------
    Name                        Owned (1)      Offering       Before Offerings  After Offerings
    ----                       ------------    ---------      ----------------  ---------------

                                                                          
Dancing Bear Investments,      12,093,547                         69.6%
Inc. (2)
333 East Las Olas Blvd.
Ft. Lauderdale, FL
Michael S. Egan(3)             12,106,047                         69.6
Todd V. Krizelman(4)            1,509,885                         11.0
Stephan J. Paternot(5)          1,614,975                         11.7
Dean S. Daniels(6)                      0                           *               *
Edward A. Cespedes(7)              62,500                           *               *
Francis T. Joyce(8)                     0                           *               *
Rosalie V. Arthur(9)               62,500                           *               *
Henry C. Duques(10)                12,500                           *               *
Robert M. Halperin(11)            168,453                          1.3
David H. Horowitz(12)             208,334                          1.6
H. Wayne Huizenga(13)              12,500                           *
  All directors and            15,757,694                         85.5%
  executive officers as a
  group
  (11 persons) (14)
- -----------------------
*Less than one percent.
(1)  Beneficial  ownership is determined  in  accordance  with rules of the
     Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC").  In computing  the
     number of shares  beneficially  owned by a person  and the  percentage
     ownership of that person,  shares of Common Stock  options or Warrants
     held by that  person that are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable
     within 60 days of August 19, 1998 are deemed outstanding. Such shares,
     however,  are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the
     percentage ownership of each other person.

(2)  Includes:  (a) 51 shares of Series D  Preferred  Stock,  which will be
     converted  into an aggregate of 8,047,529  shares of Common Stock upon
     consummation  of the Offerings,  (b) 3,546,018  shares of Common Stock
     issuable  following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of
     Warrants  and (c) 500,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  following
     consummation  of the  Offerings,  upon  exercise of  Warrants  held by
     persons  other than Dancing Bear  Investments  but as to which Dancing
     Bear  Investments  will have voting power upon exercise  pursuant to a
     Stockholders' Agreement.  Dancing Bear Investments' mailing address is
     333 East Las Olas Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301.

(3)  Includes the following  shares that Mr. Egan is deemed to beneficially
     own as the controlling  investor of Dancing Bear  Investments:  (a) 51
     shares of Series D Preferred  Stock,  which will be converted  into an
     aggregate of 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the
     Offerings,  (b) 3,546,018  shares of Common Stock issuable,  following
     consummation of the Offerings,  upon exercise of Warrants, (c) 500,000
     shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  following   consummation  of  the
     Offerings,  upon  exercise of Warrants  held by persons other than Mr.
     Egan but as to which Mr.  Egan will have  voting  power upon  exercise
     pursuant to a Voting Trust Agreement,  and (d) 12,500 shares of Common
     Stock  subject to options  that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes
     200,000 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable  within
     60 days of August 19, 1998. Mr. Egan's mailing  address is care of the
     Company.

(4)  Includes (a) 44,910 shares of Series A Preferred Stock,  which will be
     converted  into an  equal  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon
     consummation  of the  Offerings,  (b) 194,976  shares of Common  Stock
     subject to options  that are  currently  exercisable  and (c)  200,000
     shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  following   consummation  of  the
     Offerings upon exercise of Warrants.  Excludes  344,975 shares subject
     to options that will not be  exercisable  within 60 days of August 19,
     1998. Mr. Krizelman's mailing address is care of the Company.

(5)  Includes  194,976  shares of Common Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable  and 200,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes   344,975   shares  subject  to  options  that  will  not  be
     exercisable  within 60 days of August 19, 1998. Mr Paternot's  mailing
     address is care of the Company.

(6)  Excludes  225,000  shares of Common Stock subject to options that will
     not be exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(7)  Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable,  and 50,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable
     within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(8)  Excludes  225,000  share of Common Stock  subject to options that will
     not be exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(9)  Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable,  and 50,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable
     within 60 days of August  19,  1998 and shares  held by  Dancing  Bear
     Investments  (see  footnote 2 above) for which Ms. Arthur serves as an
     officer  and  a  director,  and  as  to  which  Ms.  Arthur  disclaims
     beneficial ownership.

(10) Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently exercisable.  Excludes 37,500 shares of Common Stock subject
     to options that will not be  exercisable  within 60 days of August 19,
     1998.

(11) Includes 47,620 shares of Series B Preferred  Stock, and 12,500 shares
     of Series C Preferred Stock,  each convertible into an equal number of
     shares of Common  Stock,  and 22,916 shares of Common Stock subject to
     options that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes  91,667  shares of
     Common Stock  subject to options that are not  currently  exercisable.
     Excludes  180,360  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by Mr.  Halperin's
     children  for  which  he has a power  of  attorney  but as to which he
     disclaims beneficial ownership.

(12) Includes  100,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 25,000 shares
     of Series C Preferred Stock,  each convertible into an equal number of
     shares of Common  Stock,  and 51,390 shares of Common Stock subject to
     options that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes  66,666  shares of
     Common Stock subject to options that are not currently exercisable.

(13) Includes 12,500 shares subject to options that are exercisable  within
     60 days of August 19, 1998.  Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options
     that are not exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(14) See footnotes 3 through 13 above.
    



                        DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


   
     The  Company's  stockholders  have  approved  the Fourth  Amended  and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  (the  "Certificate")  which will be
filed with the  Delaware  Secretary of State prior to  consummation  of the
Offerings.  Pursuant to the Certificate,  the Company's  authorized capital
will consist of 100 million shares of Common Stock and three million shares
of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred  Stock").  As
of June 30, 1998, there were 2,393,958  shares of Common Stock  outstanding
and  2,899,991  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  outstanding   (which  may  be
convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time).

     The  following  descriptions  of the  Company's  capital  stock do not
purport to be complete and are subject to and  qualified in their  entirety
by the provisions of the Certificate  and the Company's By-Laws,  which are
included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part,  and by the  provisions of applicable  law. The Bylaws have been
approved by the  Company's  Board of Directors  in the form  included as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement and will become  effective prior to
consummation of the Offerings.
    


Common Stock


   
     Following the Offerings,  approximately shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding.  As  of ,  1998,  there  were  approximately  holders  of  the
Company's Common Stock. All of the issued and outstanding  shares of Common
Stock are, and upon the  completion  of the  Offerings the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and non-assessable. Each holder of
shares of Common  Stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to
be voted on by stockholders generally, including the election of directors.
There are no  cumulative  voting  rights.  The holders of Common  Stock are
entitled to dividends and other  distributions as may be declared from time
to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available  therefor,
if any. See "Dividend Policy." Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company,  the holders of shares of Common Stock would be entitled
to  share  ratably  in the  distribution  of all  of the  Company's  assets
remaining   available  for  distribution  after  satisfaction  of  all  its
liabilities  and  the  payment  of  the   liquidation   preference  of  any
outstanding Preferred Stock as described below. The holders of Common Stock
have no preemptive or other subscription rights to purchase shares of stock
of the  Company,  nor are such  holders  entitled  to the  benefits  of any
redemption or sinking fund provisions.
    


Preferred Stock


   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company has 2,899,991  shares  outstanding of
Preferred Stock  designated into Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and
Series E. Shares of each series of  Preferred  Stock are  convertible  into
Common Stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments,  and will automatically
convert  into Common  Stock  concurrent  with the closing of the  Offerings
(subject to anti-dilution adjustments). Additionally, the holders of shares
of each  series of  Preferred  Stock may  currently  elect to convert  each
series to Common Stock by a majority vote of the outstanding shares in that
series.  Further,  currently  each share of Series A Preferred  Stock shall
automatically  convert to Common Stock upon the  conversion  into shares of
Common  Stock of all  outstanding  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock and
Series C Preferred Stock. If the Company issues additional shares of Common
Stock for per share  consideration of less than $0.10, $0.525 and $2.00 for
the  Series  A,  Series  B and  Series  C  Preferred  Stock,  respectively,
anti-dilution adjustments will be made. Assuming that the conditions to the
Automatic Conversion are satisfied, following the closing of the Offerings,
no  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  will  remain  outstanding.  The  Board of
Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to
issue the  Preferred  Stock in one or more  series  and to fix the  rights,
preferences,   privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend
rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption,  liquidation
preferences  and the  number  of  shares  constituting  any  series  or the
designation  of such series.  Preferred  Stock could thus be issued quickly
with  terms  calculated  to delay or  prevent  a change of  control  of the
Company or to serve as an entrenchment device for incumbent management. The
issuance of Preferred  Stock may have the effect of  decreasing  the market
price of the Common Stock,  and may  adversely  affect the voting and other
rights of the holders of Common Stock.
    


Warrants


   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company has issued and  outstanding  Warrants
to purchase 10 shares of Series E Preferred  Stock,  each  convertible into
one percent of the fully diluted  Common Stock.  Upon  consummation  of the
Offerings,  the Series E  Preferred  Stock will be  converted  into  Common
Stock, and the Warrants will be exercisable into 4,046,018 shares of Common
Stock (subject to certain  anti-dilution  adjustments) at an exercise price
of  approximately  $1.45  per  share.  Prior  to  the  consummation  of the
Offerings,  a portion of the Warrants held by Dancing Bear Investments will
be  transferred  to certain  employees  and  directors of the Company.  The
Warrants may be exercised at any time on or before  August 13, 2004.  After
expiration of the exercise period,  the holder of the Warrants will have no
future rights to exercise such Warrants.
    


Rights Agreement


   
     The Board of Directors  currently  expects to adopt a Rights Agreement
to be effective  simultaneously  with the  consummation  of the  Offerings.
Pursuant to the Rights  Agreement,  the Board of  Directors  will declare a
dividend  of one  preferred  stock  purchase  right  (a  "Right")  for each
outstanding  share of Common Stock.  Each Right will entitle the registered
holder to purchase from the Company one  one-thousandth of a share of a new
series of junior  preferred  stock,  par value $.001 per share (the "Junior
Preferred   Stock"),   of  the   Company  at  a  price  of  $      per  one
one-thousandth  of a share (the "Purchase  Price"),  subject to adjustment.
The  description  and  terms of the  Rights  will be set  forth in a Rights
Agreement  between  the  Company  and  the  designated  Rights  Agent.  The
description  set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified
in its  entirety by reference  to the form of the Rights  Agreement,  which
will be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  See "Additional
Information."


     The  Rights  will  be  attached  to  all   certificates   representing
outstanding  shares of Common Stock, and no separate Right Certificates (as
hereinafter defined) will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the
shares  of  Common  Stock  on  the  earliest  to  occur  of  (i)  a  public
announcement  that,  without the prior consent of the Board of Directors of
the  Company,  a person or group (an  "Acquiring  Person"),  including  any
affiliates  or  associates of such person or group (other than Dancing Bear
Investments,  Michael S. Egan, Todd V. Krizelman,  Stephan J. Paternot,  H.
Wayne  Huizenga  or any  entities  controlled  by  such  persons)  acquired
beneficial  ownership of securities  having 15% or more of the voting power
of all  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  Company  (as  hereinafter
defined),  (ii) ten (10)  business days (or such later date as the Board of
Directors of the Company may determine)  following the  commencement of, or
announcement of an intention (which is not subsequently withdrawn) to make,
a tender offer or exchange offer the  consummation of which would result in
any person or group becoming an Acquiring  Person or (iii) twenty  business
days  prior to the date on which a  Transaction  (as  defined in the Rights
Agreement) is  reasonably  expected to become  effective or be  consummated
(the earliest of such dates being called the "Distribution Date"). A person
or group whose  acquisition of voting securities causes a Distribution Date
pursuant to clause (i) above is an  "Acquiring  Person."  The first date of
public  announcement  that a person or group has become an Acquiring Person
is the "Stock Acquisition Date."

     The Rights Agreement will provide that,  until the Distribution  Date,
the  Rights  will be  transferred  with and only with the  shares of Common
Stock.  Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of
the Rights),  new Common  Stock  certificates  issued upon  transfer or new
issuance of shares of Common  Stock will  contain a notation  incorporating
the Rights Agreement by reference.  Until the Distribution Date (or earlier
redemption or expiration of the Rights),  the surrender for transfer of any
certificates  for shares of Common  Stock  outstanding,  even  without such
notation,  will also constitute the transfer of the Rights  associated with
the shares of Common  Stock  represented  by such  certificate.  As soon as
practicable   following  the  Distribution  Date,   separate   certificates
evidencing the Rights ("Right  Certificates")  will be mailed to holders of
record of the  shares of Common  Stock as of the close of  business  on the
Distribution  Date (and to each initial  record holder of certain shares of
Common Stock issued after the  Distribution  Date), and such separate Right
Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.
    

     The Rights will not be  exercisable  until the  Distribution  Date and
will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York, New York time, on the tenth anniversary
of the  date  of  issuance,  unless  earlier  redeemed  by the  Company  as
described below.

   
     In the event  that any  person  becomes an  Acquiring  Person  (except
pursuant to a Permitted  Offer as  hereinafter  defined),  each holder of a
Right will have  (subject to the terms of the Rights  Agreement)  the right
(the  "Flip-In  Right") to receive  upon  exercise  the number of shares of
Common  Stock,  or,  in the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  the number of one  one-thousandth  of a share of Junior Preferred
Stock (or,  in certain  circumstances,  other  securities  of the  Company)
having a value  (immediately  prior to such triggering  event) equal to two
times the Purchase  Price.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  following the
occurrence  of the event  described  above,  all Rights that are, or (under
certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially
owned by any Acquiring Person or any affiliate or associate thereof will be
null and void.  A "Permitted  Offer" is a tender or exchange  offer for all
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  is at a price  and on  terms
determined,  prior to the  purchase of shares under such tender or exchange
offer, by a majority of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) to
be  adequate  (taking  into  account all  factors  that such  Disinterested
Directors deem relevant) and otherwise in the best interests of the Company
and its  stockholders  (other than the person or any affiliate or associate
thereof on whose  basis the offer is being made)  taking  into  account all
factors that such Disinterested Directors may deem relevant. "Disinterested
Directors" are directors of the Company who are not officers of the Company
and who are not Acquiring Persons or affiliates or associates  thereof,  or
representatives  of  any of  them,  or  any  person  who  was  directly  or
indirectly  proposed  or  nominated  as a  director  of  the  Company  by a
Transaction Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement).
    

     In the event that, at any time  following the Stock  Acquisition  Date
or, if a Transaction is proposed, the Distribution Date, (i) the Company is
acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the
holders of all of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock immediately prior
to the  consummation  of the  transaction are not the holders of all of the
surviving  corporation's  voting  power,  or  (ii)  more  than  50%  of the
Company's  assets or earning power is sold or  transferred,  in either case
with  or to an  Interested  Stockholder,  or,  if in such  transaction  all
holders of shares of Common  Stock are not offered the same  consideration,
any  other  person,  then  each  holder  of a Right  (except  Rights  which
previously  have been voided as set forth above) shall  thereafter have the
right (the "Flip-Over Right") to receive,  upon exercise,  shares of common
stock of the  acquiring  company  having a value  equal  to two  times  the
Purchase  Price.  The holder of a Right will continue to have the Flip-Over
Right whether or not such holder exercises or surrenders the Flip-In Right.

   
     The Purchase Price  payable,  and the number of  one-thousandths  of a
share of Junior Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise
of the  Rights  are  subject  to  adjustment  from time to time to  prevent
dilution  (i) in the  event  of a  stock  dividend  on,  or a  subdivision,
combination or  reclassification  of, the shares of Junior Preferred Stock,
(ii) upon the grant to holders of the shares of Junior  Preferred  Stock of
certain  rights or warrants to subscribe  for or purchase  shares of Junior
Preferred Stock at a price, or securities convertible into shares of Junior
Preferred Stock with a conversion  price, less than the then current market
price  of  the  shares  of  Junior   Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  upon  the
distribution  to  holders  of the  shares  of  Junior  Preferred  Stock  of
evidences of  indebtedness  or assets  (excluding  regular  quarterly  cash
dividends) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred
to above).

     The Purchase Price  payable,  and the number of  one-thousandths  of a
share of Junior Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise
of the Rights are also subject to  adjustment in the event of a stock split
of the shares of Common Stock,  or a stock dividend on the shares of Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or subdivisions, consolidations or
combinations  of the shares of Common  Stock  occurring,  in any such case,
prior to the Distribution Date.

     With certain  exceptions,  no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be
required until cumulative  adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1%
in such Purchase Price. No fractional  one-thousandths of a share of Junior
Preferred Stock will be issued and, in lieu thereof,  an adjustment in cash
will be made  based on the market  price of the shares of Junior  Preferred
Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

     At any time prior to the earlier to occur of (i) a person  becoming an
Acquiring  Person or (ii) the  expiration  of the  Rights,  the Company may
redeem the Rights in whole,  but not in part, at a price of $.001 per Right
(the  "Redemption  Price"),  which  redemption  shall be effective upon the
action of the Board of Directors of the Company.  Additionally, the Company
may redeem the then  outstanding  Rights in whole,  but not in part, at the
Redemption  Price (i) after the  triggering of the Flip-In Right and before
the  expiration  of any  period  during  which  the  Flip-In  Right  may be
exercised  in  connection  with a  merger  or  other  business  combination
transaction  or series of  transactions  involving the Company in which all
holders of shares of Common  Stock are not offered  the same  consideration
but  not  involving  a  Transaction   Person  (as  defined  in  the  Rights
Agreement),  (ii)  following an event giving rise to, and the expiration of
the exercise  period for, the Flip-in Right if and for as long as no person
beneficially  owns securities  representing 15% or more of the voting power
of the Company's voting securities or (iii) if the Acquiring Person reduces
his ownership  below 5% in  transactions  not  involving  the Company.  The
redemption of Rights described in the preceding sentence shall be effective
only as of such time when the Flip-in Right is not exercisable,  and in any
event,  only after 10 business days' prior notice.  Upon the effective date
of the  redemption  of the Rights,  the right to  exercise  the Rights will
terminate  and the only right of the  holders of Rights  will be to receive
the Redemption Price.

     The shares of Junior Preferred Stock  purchasable upon exercise of the
Rights will be  non-redeemable  and junior to any other series of preferred
stock the Company may issue (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such
stock).  Each  share of Junior  Preferred  Stock  will have a  preferential
quarterly  dividend in an amount equal to 1,000 times the dividend declared
on each share of Common Stock,  but in no event less than $10. In the event
of  liquidation,  the  holders of Junior  Preferred  Stock  will  receive a
minimum  preferred  liquidation  payment  equal to the greater of $1,000 or
1,000 times the payment made per each share of Common Stock.  Each share of
Junior  Preferred  Stock will have 1,000 votes,  voting  together  with the
shares of Common Stock. In the event of any merger,  consolidation or other
transaction  in which shares of Common Stock are  exchanged,  each share of
Junior  Preferred  Stock will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount
and type of consideration received per share of Common Stock. The rights of
the Junior Preferred Stock as to dividends,  liquidation and voting, and in
the  event of  mergers  and  consolidations,  are  protected  by  customary
anti-dilution provisions.  Fractional shares of Junior Preferred Stock will
be  issuable;  however,  the  Company  may elect to  distribute  depositary
receipts in lieu of such fractional  shares.  In lieu of fractional  shares
other than fractions that are multiples of one two-hundredth of a share, an
adjustment  in cash will be made  based on the  market  price of the Junior
Preferred Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.
    

     In the event that a majority of the Board of  Directors of the Company
is comprised of persons elected at a meeting of  stockholders  who were not
nominated  by the Board of Directors  in office  immediately  prior to such
meeting  (including  successors  of such  persons  elected  to the Board of
Directors),  then for 365 days following such meeting, the Rights Agreement
may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed if such  amendment or
redemption,  as the case may be,  is  reasonably  likely  to  facilitate  a
combination or sale,  mortgage or other transfer of assets or earning power
(a "Transaction")  with a Transaction Person (as defined below). The Rights
Agreement may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed  thereafter
if  during  such 365 day  period  the  Company  enters  into any  agreement
reasonably likely to facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person and
the amendment or  redemption,  as the case may be, is reasonably  likely to
facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person.

     A  "Transaction  Person" with respect to a  Transaction  means (x) any
Person who (i) is or will become an Acquiring  Person or a Principal  Party
(as such term is defined in the Rights  Agreement) if the Transaction  were
to be  consummated  and (ii) either (A) such Person  directly or indirectly
proposed or nominated a director of the Company which director is in office
at the time of  consideration  of the  Transaction,  or (B) the Transaction
with such Person was approved by persons  elected to the Board of Directors
with the  objective,  for the purpose or with the effect of  facilitating a
merger or consolidation of the Company,  a sale,  mortgage or transfer,  in
one or more transactions,  of assets or earning power aggregating more than
50% of the  assets or earning  power of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries
(taken as a whole)  or any  transaction  which  would  result  in a Person
becoming an  Acquiring  Person,  or (y) an Affiliate or Associate of such a
Person.

     Until a Right is exercised,  the holder thereof, as such, will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including,  without limitation, the
right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights
will not be taxable  to  stockholders  of the  Company,  stockholders  may,
depending  upon the  circumstances,  recognize  taxable  income  should the
Rights  become  exercisable  or  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events
thereafter.

     The Rights have certain  anti-takeover  effects. The Rights will cause
substantial  dilution  to a person or group of  persons  that  attempts  to
acquire the Company on terms not  approved by the Board of  Directors.  The
Rights should not interfere with any merger or other  business  combination
approved by the Board of Directors prior to the time that a person or group
has acquired beneficial  ownership of 15% or more of the Common Stock since
the Rights may be  redeemed by the  Company at the  Redemption  Price until
such time.

Registration Rights


     Pursuant to the terms of the Investor  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of
August 13, 1997 (the "Investor  Rights  Agreement"),  at any time following
the  Offerings,  holders of 25% of all of the Common Stock  converted  from
Series B, Series C, Series D or Series E  Preferred  Stock,  or issued as a
dividend  or  distribution  for the  above-mentioned  Preferred  Stock (the
"Registrable  Securities"),  or 50% of the Registrable Securities issued or
issuable in respect of the Series B and Series C  Preferred  Stock have the
right to require the Company to file a registration  statement covering all
or part of their shares up to four times at the Company's expense.  Holders
of      shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion which
will occur upon  consummation  of the Offerings) have  registration  rights
under the Investor Rights  Agreement.  The Company will not be obligated to
register such shares if such holders  propose to sell such securities at an
aggregate  price to the public of less than  $5,000,000.  The  Company  may
defer  registration  for not more than 120 days if the  Board of  Directors
determines  that it would be seriously  detrimental  to the Company and its
stockholders   to  register  the  shares  at  such  time.  An   underwriter
participating  in the sale of the  Registrable  Securities  may  limit  the
number of shares offered, and such number shall be allocated to the holders
of such  securities  on a pro rata basis.  The  Company is not  required to
effect more than one demand  registration  on behalf of such holders in any
twelve calendar month period.  The Company is not required in most cases to
pay the  registration  expenses  for any such demand  registration  that is
subsequently withdrawn by the requesting Holders.

     Holders of  Registrable  Securities  have the right to include  all or
part of their Registrable  Securities in a registration  statement filed by
the Company for purposes of a public offering (Piggyback Registration). The
holders of a majority of Registrable  Securities  have amended the Investor
Rights  Agreement to waive any  registration  rights in connection with the
Offerings.  An  underwriter  participating  in such Offerings may limit the
number of shares  offered,  and such number shall be allocated first to the
Company,  then to such holders on a pro rata basis, then to any stockholder
on a pro rata basis. The Company has the right to terminate or withdraw any
such  registration  and  shall  bear the  expenses  of any  such  withdrawn
registration.  The Company is not  obligated  further after it has effected
five such registrations for any such holders.

   
     Pursuant to the  Investor  Rights  Agreement,  holders of  Registrable
Securities have agreed with the Company to be subject to lock-up periods of
not more than seven days prior to and 180 days  following  the date of this
Prospectus  and of not more than seven days prior to and 90 days  following
the effective date of any subsequent  Prospectus.  All registration  rights
terminate  three  years  after  the  date of  this  Prospectus.  Any  right
described in this  section may be amended and waived by written  consent of
the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

     Pursuant to the terms of a Registration  Rights Agreement by and among
Dancing  Bear  Investments,  certain  holders of Series A Preferred  Stock,
Messrs.  Krizelman  and Paternot  and the Company,  the Company has granted
registration  rights to such persons similar to the rights granted pursuant
to  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement.  As a  result,  virtually  all of the
Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock or Preferred  Stock has  registration
rights.
    

Limitation of Director Liability

     The  Certificate  limits the  liability of directors of the Company to
the  Company  and its  stockholders  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
Delaware law. Specifically, directors of the Company will not be personally
liable for money damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except
for liability (i) for any breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the
Company or its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation of law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law ("DGCL"),
which  concerns  unlawful   payments  of  dividends,   stock  purchases  or
redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.

Delaware Law and Certain Charter and By-Laws Provisions

     Delaware Law

     The  Company is subject to the  provisions  of Section  203  ("Section
203") of the DGCL.  In  general,  Section  203  prohibits  a publicly  held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging in a "business  combination"  with an
"interested  stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the
transaction  in which the person became an interested  stockholder,  unless
the business  combination is approved in a prescribed  manner.  A "business
combination"  includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction  resulting
in a  financial  benefit  to the  interested  stockholder.  An  "interested
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns
(or, in certain  cases,  within three years prior,  did own) 15% or more of
the corporation's  voting stock. Under Section 203, a business  combination
between the Company and an interested  stockholder is prohibited  unless it
satisfies  one of the  following  conditions:  (i) the  Company's  Board of
Directors must have previously approved either the business  combination or
the  transaction  that resulted in the  stockholder  becoming an interested
stockholder,  or (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in
the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested   stockholder,   the  interested
stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of the  voting  stock  of  the  Company
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding,  for purposes
of  determining  the  number of  shares  outstanding,  shares  owned by (a)
persons who are directors  and also officers and (b) employee  stock plans,
in certain instances) or (iii) the business  combination is approved by the
Board of Directors and  authorized  at an annual or special  meeting of the
stockholders by the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of
the  outstanding   voting  stock  that  is  not  owned  by  the  interested
stockholder.

     Special Meetings

     The By-Laws  provide that  special  meetings of  stockholders  for any
purpose or purposes  can be called only upon the request of the Chairman of
the Board, the President,  the Board of Directors, or the holders of shares
entitled to at least a majority of the votes at the meeting.

     Amendment of Company By-Laws

     In order to adopt,  repeal,  alter or amend the  provisions  set forth
therein,  the By-Laws require either the affirmative vote of the holders of
at  least  a  majority  of the  voting  power  of all  of  the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote
thereon or by the Board of Directors.

     Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

     The By-Laws  establish  advance notice  procedures for stockholders to
make  nominations of candidates  for election as directors,  or bring other
business before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

     These procedures  provide that only persons who are nominated by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors,  or by a stockholder who has given
timely  written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting
at which  directors  are to be elected,  will be eligible  for  election as
directors  of the Company.  Further,  these  procedures  provide that at an
annual  meeting,  only such business may be conducted as has been specified
in the notice of the meeting given by, or at the direction of, the Board or
by a stockholder  who has given timely  written  notice to the Secretary of
the Company of such  stockholder's  intention to bring such business before
such meeting.

     Under these procedures,  notice of stockholder  nominations to be made
or business to be  conducted  at an annual  meeting must be received by the
Company  not less than 60 days nor more  than 90 days  prior to the date of
the meeting (or, if less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of
the date of the meeting is given or made to the stockholders,  the 10th day
following the earlier of (i) the day such notice was mailed or (ii) the day
such  public  disclosure  was made).  Under these  procedures,  notice of a
stockholder  nomination to be made at a special  meeting at which directors
are to be elected  must be received by the Company not later than the close
of business on the tenth day  following the day on which such notice of the
date of the special meeting was mailed or public  disclosure of the date of
the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

     Under the  By-Laws,  a  stockholder's  notice  nominating a person for
election as a director must contain certain  information about the proposed
nominee and the nominating  stockholder.  If the Chairman determines that a
nomination  was not made in accordance  with the By-Laws,  such  nomination
will be  disregarded.  Similarly,  a  stockholder's  notice  proposing  the
conduct of business must contain  certain  information  about such business
and  about the  proposing  stockholder.  If the  Chairman  determines  that
business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the
By-Laws, such business will not be conducted.

     By  requiring  advance  notice of  nominations  by  stockholders,  the
By-Laws afford the Board an opportunity to consider the  qualifications  of
the proposed  nominee and, to the extent  deemed  necessary or desirable by
the Board, to inform stockholders about such  qualifications.  By requiring
advance  notice of other  proposed  business,  the By-Laws  also provide an
orderly  procedure for conducting  annual meetings of stockholders  and, to
the extent deemed  necessary or desirable by the Board,  provides the Board
with an opportunity to inform stockholders,  prior to such meetings, of any
business  proposed to be  conducted  at such  meetings,  together  with any
recommendations  as to the Board's  position  regarding  action to be taken
with  respect to such  business,  so that  stockholders  can better  decide
whether  to  attend  such a  meeting  or to  grant  a proxy  regarding  the
disposition of any such business.

     Although the Certificate  does not give the Board any power to approve
or  disapprove  stockholder  nominations  of the  election of  directors or
proposals  for  action,  the  foregoing  provisions  may have the effect of
precluding a contest for the election of directors or the  consideration of
stockholder  proposals if the proper  procedures  are not followed,  and of
discouraging  or deterring a third party from  conducting a solicitation of
proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal,
without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might
be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its stockholders.

Written Consent Provisions

     The By-Laws  provide that any action required or permitted to be taken
by the  holders of capital  stock at any  meeting  of  stockholders  of the
Company may be taken  without a meeting only by the holders of  outstanding
capital  stock having not less than the minimum  number of votes that would
be  necessary  to  authorize  or take such action at a meeting at which all
shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

   
     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for the Common  Stock is American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
    



                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. No information is currently  available and no prediction can be made
as to the timing or amount of future  sales of shares,  or the  effect,  if
any, that future sales of shares,  or the availability of shares for future
sale,  will have on the market  price of the Common Stock  prevailing  from
time to time.  Sales of substantial  amounts of the Common Stock (including
shares  issuable  upon the exercise of stock  options) in the public market
after the lapse of the restrictions described below, or the perception that
such sales may occur,  could  materially  adversely  affect the  prevailing
market  prices for the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise
equity capital in the future. See "Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future
Sale; No Prior Trading Market; Registration Rights."

     Upon  consummation  of the  Offerings,  the  Company  will  have      
outstanding   shares   of   Common   Stock   (      if  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option is exercised  in full).  All of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby (     if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is
exercised  in  full),  will  be  immediately   eligible  for  sale  without
restriction  or  further  registration  under the  Securities  Act,  unless
purchased by or issued to any  "affiliate" of the Company,  as that term is
defined in Rule 144,  described  below.  All of the shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  prior to the Offerings  (or shares  issued upon  conversion of
Preferred  Stock  upon  consummation  of the  Offerings),  are  "Restricted
Securities,"  as that term is defined  in Rule 144,  and may not be sold in
the absence of registration  other than in accordance with Rule 144, 144(k)
or 701  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act or another  exemption  from
registration.  In addition,  upon consummation of the Offerings,  4,046,018
shares of Common  Stock  will be  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding
Warrants.

     In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  any  affiliate of
the  Company or any person  (or  persons  whose  shares are  aggregated  in
accordance with Rule 144) who has beneficially owned shares of Common Stock
which are treated as Restricted  Securities  for at least one year would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does
not exceed  the  greater of 1% of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
(approximately        shares  based upon the  number of shares  outstanding
after the  Offerings) or the reported  average weekly trading volume in the
Common  Stock during the four weeks  preceding  the date on which notice of
such sale was filed under Rule 144.  Sales under Rule 144 are also  subject
to certain manner of sale  restrictions and notice  requirements and to the
availability  of current  public  information  concerning  the Company.  In
addition,  affiliates of the Company must comply with the  restrictions and
requirements   of  Rule  144  (other  than  the  one-year   holding  period
requirements)  in  order  to sell  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  are not
Restricted  Securities  (such as Common  Stock  acquired by  affiliates  in
market  transactions).  Furthermore,  if a period of at least two years has
elapsed from the date Restricted  Securities were acquired from the Company
or an affiliate of the Company, a holder of such Restricted  Securities who
is not an  affiliate  at the  time of the  sale  and  who  has not  been an
affiliate for at least three months prior to such sale would be entitled to
sell the shares immediately  without regard to the volume,  manner of sale,
notice and public information requirements of Rule 144.

   
     Holders  of  virtually  all or  substantially  all  of  the  Company's
outstanding  Common Stock and all of the  Company's  outstanding  preferred
equity will have  certain  demand  registration  rights with respect to the
shares of Common Stock into which their securities are convertible (subject
to  the  180-day  lock-up  arrangement   described  below),  under  certain
circumstances and subject to certain conditions,  to require the Company to
register their shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act, and certain
rights to  participate  in any future  registration  of  securities  by the
Company.  The  Company  is not  required  to effect  more  than one  demand
registration on behalf of such holders in any twelve calendar month period.
Pursuant to the agreements  pursuant to which the registration  rights were
granted,  holders of  Registrable  Securities  have agreed to be subject to
lock-up periods of not more than seven days prior to and 180 days following
the date of this Prospectus and of not more than seven days prior to and 90
days following the effective date of any subsequent Prospectus. The Company
intends to file a  registration  statement  on Form S-8 for the shares held
pursuant to its option plans and stock  incentive  plan that may make those
shares freely tradeable.  Such registration statement will become effective
immediately upon filing and, shares covered by that registration  statement
will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public  markets,  subject to the
applicable  lock-up  agreements  and Rule  144  limitations  applicable  to
affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."

     The Company and its executive  officers,  directors and certain of its
current stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a
period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  without  the prior
written  consent of Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc.,  they will not,  directly or
indirectly,  issue,  sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the
sale of,  pledge,  make any short sale,  establish an open "put  equivalent
position"  within the meaning of Rule  16a-1(h)  under the  Exchange Act or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or securities  convertible
into,  exercisable for or exchangeable  for Common Stock) of the Company or
of any of its subsidiaries.  The foregoing  sentence shall not apply to (A)
in the  case  of the  Company  , the  shares  of  Common  Stock  to be sold
hereunder, (B) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise
of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security  outstanding on the
date  hereof and  referred  to in this  Prospectus,  (C) in the case of the
Company,  any shares of Common Stock  issued or options to purchase  Common
Stock granted  pursuant to existing  employee  benefit plans of the Company
referred to in this Prospectus,  (D) the pledge by certain directors of the
Company, and Dancing Bear Investments or its affiliates of shares of Common
Stock to a financial  institution in connection  with a bona fide financing
transaction,  (E)  transfers of shares of Common Stock to immediate  family
members  or trusts  for the  benefit  of such  family  members  (a  "Family
Transferee");  provided  such  transferee  enters  into a  similar  lock-up
agreement,  (F) the transfer of all or part of any Warrants held by Dancing
Bear  Investments  on the date  hereof  to any  employee  of  Dancing  Bear
Investments,  any  employee  of the  Company,  Michael  S. Egan or a Family
Transferee  of Michael S. Egan,  provided that each  transferee  shall have
executed a similar lock-up agreement,  or (G) shares of Common Stock issued
in  connection  with a merger,  recapitalization  or  consolidation  of the
Company.
    


                                UNDERWRITING


     The  underwriters of the Offerings  named below (the  "Underwriters"),
for whom Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC are
acting as representatives,  have severally agreed with the Company, subject
to the terms and  conditions  of the  Underwriting  Agreement  (the form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  on Form
S-1 of which this  Prospectus is a part),  to purchase from the Company the
aggregate  number of shares set forth opposite their respective names below
at the initial public  offering price less the  underwriting  discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.



    Underwriter                                               Number of
    ------------                                                Shares
    Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.........................          --------
    Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC..............
        Total......................................


     The nature of the respective  obligations of the  Underwriters is such
that  all of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  must be  purchased  if any are
purchased.  Those obligations are subject,  however, to various conditions,
including  the  approval  of certain  matters by  counsel.  The Company has
agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities  under the Securities Act, and, where such  indemnification  is
unavailable,  to  contribute  to  payments  that  the  Underwriters  may be
required to make in respect of such liabilities.

     The Company has been  advised that the  Underwriters  propose to offer
the shares of Common  Stock,  initially  at the public  offering  price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain  selected dealers
at such price  less a  concession  not to exceed  $   per  share;  that the
Underwriters may allow, and such selected dealers may reallow, a concession
to certain  other  dealers not to exceed $   per share;  and that after the
commencement   of  the  Offerings,   the  public  offering  price  and  the
concessions may be changed.

     The Company has granted the  Underwriters an option to purchase in the
aggregate  up to     additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  solely to cover
over-allotments,  if any.  The options may be exercised in whole or in part
at any time within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus. To the extent
the options are exercised,  the Underwriters  will be severally  committed,
subject to certain conditions, including the approval of certain matters by
counsel, to purchase the additional shares of Common Stock in proportion to
their respective purchase commitments as indicated in the preceding tables.


   
     The Underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering
price up to 5% of the  shares of Common  Stock to be sold in the  Offerings
for sale to  employees  of the  Company  and its  affiliates,  and to their
associates and related persons.  The number of shares available for sale to
the general  public will be reduced to the extent any  reserved  shares are
purchased.  Any  reserved  shares not so  purchased  will be offered by the
Underwriters  on the same basis as the other  shares  offered  hereby.  The
Underwriters do not expect sales of Common Stock to any accounts over which
they exercise discretionary  authority to exceed 5% of the number of shares
being offered hereby.
    

     The Company and its executive  officers,  directors and certain of its
current stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a
period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  without  the prior
written  consent of Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc.,  they will not,  directly or
indirectly,  issue,  sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the
sale of,  pledge,  make any short sale,  establish an open "put  equivalent
position"  within the meaning of Rule  16a-1(h)  under the  Exchange Act or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or securities  convertible
into,  exercisable for or exchangeable  for Common Stock) of the Company or
of any of its subsidiaries.


     Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  Consequently,  the initial public offering price will be determined
through   negotiations  among  the  Company  and   representatives  of  the
Underwriters.   Among  the  factors  to  be   considered   in  making  such
determination  will be the Company's  financial  and operating  history and
condition,  its  prospects  and prospects for the industry in which it does
business in general,  the  management  of the  Company,  prevailing  equity
market  conditions and the demand for securities  considered  comparable to
those of the Company.

     The closing of the Concurrent Offering is conditioned upon the closing
of the Initial Public  Offering.  The price of the shares to be sold to the
Concurrent  Purchasers in the  Concurrent  Offering is equal to the Initial
Public Offering price less underwriting  discounts and commissions plus the
Placement Agent Fee. The Placement Agents in connection with the Concurrent
Offering  will be paid a fee of $ per  share  for  each  share  sold in the
Concurrent  Offering in consideration for the provision of certain advisory
services and for acting as the Company's  Placement  Agents.  The Placement
Agents will be  indemnified  by the Company  against  certain  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     In order to facilitate the Offerings, certain persons participating in
the  Offering  may  engage in  transactions  that  stabilize,  maintain  or
otherwise  affect  the  price of the  Common  Stock  during  and  after the
Offerings.  Specifically,  the  Underwriters  may  over-allot  or otherwise
create a short  position  in the  Common  Stock for their  own  account  by
selling  more  shares  than  have  been  sold to them by the  Company.  The
Underwriters  may  elect to cover any such  short  position  by  purchasing
shares  in the open  market or by  exercising  the  over-allotment  options
granted to the  Underwriters.  In addition,  such persons may  stabilize or
maintain the price of the Common Stock by bidding for or purchasing  shares
in the open  market  and may  impose  penalty  bids,  under  which  selling
concessions   allowed  to   syndicate   members  or  other   broker-dealers
participating   in  the  Offerings  are  reclaimed  if  shares   previously
distributed   in  the  Offerings  are   repurchased   in  connection   with
stabilization  transactions or otherwise.  The effect of these transactions
may be to  stabilize  or maintain the market price of the Common Stock at a
level  above that which might  otherwise  prevail in the open  market.  The
imposition  of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the Common  Stock
to the extent that it discourages  resales thereof.  No  representation  is
made as to the  magnitude  or  effect  of any such  stabilization  or other
transactions.  Such  transactions  may be effected  on the Nasdaq  National
Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.



                               LEGAL MATTERS

     The  validity  of the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Fried, Frank, Harris,  Shriver & Jacobson (a
partnership  including  professional  corporations),  New  York,  New York.
Certain legal  matters in connection  with the offering will be passed upon
for the Underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.

                                  EXPERTS

     The financial  statements  for  theglobe.com,  inc. as of December 31,
1996 and 1997 and for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception)  to December
31, 1995 and the years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997  included in this
Prospectus  and  elsewhere  in the  Registration  Statement  have  been  so
included in reliance on the report of KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent
certified  public   accountants,   appearing  elsewhere  herein,  upon  the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                           ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     The Company  has filed with the SEC a  Registration  Statement  (which
term  shall  encompass  any and all  amendments  thereto)  on Form S-1 (the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities  Act, with respect to the
Common  Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,  which  is  part  of the
Registration  Statement,  does not contain all the information set forth in
the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto,  certain
items of which are omitted in accordance  with the rules and regulations of
the SEC.  Statements  made in this  Prospectus  as to the  contents  of any
contract,  agreement  or other  document  referred  to are not  necessarily
complete.  With respect to each such contract,  agreement or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is hereby made
to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved,  and
each such  statement  shall be deemed  qualified  in its  entirety  by such
reference.  For further information with respect to the Company,  reference
is  hereby  made  to the  Registration  Statement  and  such  exhibits  and
schedules filed as a part thereof, which may be inspected,  without charge,
at the Public Reference  Section of the SEC at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at regional offices of
the SEC located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
10048 and at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois  60661.  Information  relating  to the  operation  of  the  Public
Reference Section may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The
SEC  maintains  a Web site that  contains  reports,  proxy and  information
statements regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address  of this Web  site is  (http://www.sec.gov).  Copies  of all or any
portion  of the  Registration  Statement  may be  obtained  from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC, upon payment of the prescribed fees.
    



                             theglobe.com, inc.

                       INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                      Page

Independent Auditors' Report                                           F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997
   and June 30, 1998 (unaudited)                                       F-3

Statements of  Operations  for the period from May 1, 1995
  (inception)  to    December 31, 1995 and for the years
   ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the six months
   ended June 30, 1997  (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)               F-4

Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity  for  the  period  from
  May 1,  1995 (inception)  to December  31, 1995 and for the
  years ended  December 31,    1996 and 1997 and for the six months
  ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)                 F-5

Statements  of Cash Flows for the period  from May 1, 1995 
  (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the six months ended
  June 30, 1997  (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)                      F-6

Notes to Financial Statements                                          F-7

                        Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
theglobe.com, inc.:


We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of theglobe.com, inc. as of
December  31, 1996 and 1997,  and the  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows  for the  period  from  May 1,  1995
(inception)  to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996
and  1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those  standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence   supporting   the  amounts  and   disclosures  in  the  financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and  significant  estimates made by  management,  as well as evaluating the
overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of theglobe.com,  inc. as
of December 31, 1996 and 1997,  and the results of its  operations  and its
cash flows for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995
and for the years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1997 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



                                             /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



   
New York, New York
April 16, 1998, except for note 9,
which is as of July 22, 1998
    


                                             theglobe.com, inc.

                                               Balance Sheets


                                         December 31,        June 30,
                                   -----------------------
               Assets                   1996      1997        1998
                                   ------------------------ ---------
                                                            (unaudited)
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........  $757,118   $5,871,291  $2,997,391
  Short-term investments............       ---   13,003,173  10,157,830
  Accounts receivable, less
    allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $12,000 and $27,868     
    in 1997 and 1998,
    respectively...................     66,128      254,209     624,191

  Prepaids and other current assets.     2,377         --        75,847
                                      --------      -------- ----------
      Total current assets..........   825,623   19,128,673  13,855,259

Property and equipment, net.........   136,780      325,842   1,173,582
Other assets........................    10,945        7,657     574,239
                                      --------   ---------- -----------
      Total assets..................  $973,348   $19,462,17 $15,603,080
                                      ========   ========== ===========

     Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                    $130,478     $396,380  $2,029,901
  Accrued expense                       15,234      325,454     834,959
  Accrued bonuses                           --    1,148,999     150,000
  Deferred revenue                      32,144      113,290     132,353
  Current installments of
    obligations under               
    capital leases..................        --       27,174     255,962
                                      --------     --------  ----------
  Total current liabilities.........   177,856    2,011,297   3,403,175


Obligations under capital leases,
  excluding                         
  current installments..............        --       98,826     629,281

   
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, 3,000,000 shares authorized:
    Convertible  preferred  stock,  Series A
    through E, $0.001  par value; 2,900,001
    shares authorized; 2,759,940, 2,899,991
    and 2,899,991, shares issued outstanding at
    December 31, 1996 and 1997, and as of
    June 30, 1998, respectively; aggregate
    liquidation preference of $1,606,110,
    $21,886,110 and $21,886,110 at 
    December 31, 1996 and 1997, and as of
    June 30, 1998...................     2,760        2,900       2,900

  Common stock, $0.001 par value;
    100,000,000 shares authorized;
    2,250,000, 2,308,541 and             
    2,393,958 shares issued and
    outstanding, respectively.......      2,250       2,309       2,394

  Additional paid-in capital........  1,627,421  21,864,360  21,872,447

  Net unrealized loss on securities.         --     (41,201)    (29,647)

  Deferred compensation.............    (21,053)    (76,033)    (52,914)

  Accumulated deficit...............   (815,886) (4,400,286)(10,224,556)
                                       --------  ----------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity....    795,492  17,352,049  11,570,624

Commitments ........................   -------  ----------  -----------

      Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity........   $973,348  $19,462,172 $15,603,080
                                      ========  ===========  ==========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
    







                                             theglobe.com, inc.

                                           Statements of Operations

                        Period from
                           May 1,
                            1995        
                        (inception)           Year Ended                  Six Months Ended
                             to               December 31,                    June 30,
                        December 31,   --------------------------    --------------------------
                            1995           1996          1997           1997           1998
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                (unaudited)
                                                         
 
   
Revenues  ...........   $    26,815    $   229,363    $   770,293    $   208,241    $ 1,173,398
Cost of revenues ....        12,779        116,780        423,706        106,032        503,181
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
      Gross profit ..        14,036        112,583        346,587        102,209        670,217

Operating expenses:
   Sales and
   marketing ........         1,248        275,947      1,248,349        224,170      4,493,039
   Product
   development ......        60,000        120,000        153,667         62,500        250,869
   General and
   administrative ...        18,380        489,073      2,827,591        594,358      2,396,716
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
      Loss from
      operations ....       (65,592)      (772,437)    (3,883,020)      (778,819)    (6,470,407)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Other income
(expense):
   Interest and
    dividend income .           980         25,966        334,720         11,384        703,097
   Interest expense .        (1,094)        (3,709)          --             --          (30,460)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Total interest
         income
         (expense) ..          (114)        22,257        334,720         11,384        672,637
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Loss before
         provision
         for income
         taxes ......       (65,706)      (750,180)    (3,548,300)      (767,435)    (5,797,770)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Provision for income
taxes ...............          --             --           36,100           --           26,500
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Net loss ......   $   (65,706)   $  (750,180)   $(3,584,400)   $  (767,435)   $(5,824,270)
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Basic and
   diluted net loss
   per share ........   $     (0.03)   $     (0.33)   $     (1.56)   $     (0.34)   $     (2.51)
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average
   basic and diluted
   shares
   outstanding ......     2,250,000      2,250,000      2,293,545      2,281,920      2,322,778
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
    


See accompanying notes to financial statements.




                                    theglobe.com, inc.

                                    Statements of Stockholders' Equity




   
   
                                                                                     Net                                      
                                                                                   unrealized                                 
                                                                                    gain                                      
                                  Convertible                                      (loss)                                 Total
                                preferred stock      Common Stock      Additional   on sale                               stock-
                               -----------------  -----------------      paid-in      of         Deferred   Accumulated   holder's
                               Shares    Amount    Shares     Amount     Capital   securities  compensation   deficit     equity
                               ------    ------   -------    -------   ----------  ----------  ------------ -----------   -------

                                                                                                
Issuance of common shares                                                                                                         
   to founders...........  $       --    $       $2,250,000   $2,250  $     2,430     $    --     $    --   $       --  $    4,680

Issuance of Series A
   convertible preferred  
   stock.................     712,980       713          --       --       66,287          --          --           --      67,000

Promissory notes
   converted to Series A    
   convertible preferred
   stock.................     453,010       453          --       --       45,785          --          --          --       46,238

Issuance of Series B
   convertible preferred  
   stock.................   1,103,830     1,104          --       --      578,401          --          --          --      579,505

Net loss for the period
   from May 1, 1995      
   (inception) to
   December 31, 1995.....          --        --          --       --           --         --           --      (65,706)    (65,706)
                            ---------    ------   ---------   ------   ----------     ------      -------      -------   ----------
Balance as of December   
   31, 1995..............   2,269,820     2,270   2,250,000    2,250      692,903         --           --      (65,706)    631,717

Issuance of Series B
   convertible preferred  
   stock.................      47,620        48          --       --       24,937         --           --           --      24,985

Issuance of Series C
   convertible preferred 
   stock.................     442,500       442          --       --      884,528         --           --           --     884,970

Deferred compensation....          --        --          --       --       25,053         --      (25,053)          --          --

Amortization of deferred 
   compensation..........          --        --          --       --           --         --        4,000           --       4,000

Net loss.................          --        --          --       --           --         --           --     (750,180)   (750,180)
                            ---------    ------      ------   ------  -----------    -------      -------     --------  ----------

Balance at December 31,  
   1996..................   2,759,940     2,760   2,250,000    2,250    1,627,421         --      (21,053)    (815,886)    795,492

Issuance of Series C
   convertible preferred 
   stock.................     140,000       140          --       --      279,860         --           --           --     280,000

Exercise of stock options          --        --      58,541       59        4,448         --           --           --       4,507

Issuance of Series D
   convertible preferred 
   stock, net of expense
   of $130,464...........          51        --          --       --   19,869,536         --           --           --  19,869,536

Net unrealized loss on   
   securities............          --        --          --       --           --    (41,201)          --           --     (41,201)

Deferred compensation....          --        --          --       --       83,095         --      (83,095)          --          --

Amortization of deferred
   compensation..........          --        --          --       --           --         --       28,115           --      28,115

Net loss.................          --        --          --       --           --         --           --   (3,584,400) (3,584,400)
                            ---------    ------   ---------   ------  -----------   --------     --------  -----------  ----------
Balance at December 31,  
   1997..................   2,899,991     2,900   2,308,541    2,309   21,864,360    (41,201)     (76,033)  (4,400,286) 17,352,049

Amortization of deferred 
   compensation..........          --       --           --       --           --         --       23,119           --      23,119

Exercise of stock options
   (unaudited)                     --       --       85,417       85        8,087         --           --           --       8,172

Net loss for  the period 
   (unaudited)...........          --       --           --       --           --         --           --   (5,824,270) (5,824,270)

Change in net unrealized
   gain (loss) on         
                         
   securities (unaudited)          --       --           --       --           --     11,554           --           --      11,554
                            ---------   ------   ----------   ------  -----------  ---------       ------   ----------   ---------
Balance at June 30, 1998
   (unaudited)...........   2,899,991    2,900    2,393,958    2,394   21,872,447    (29,647)     (52,914) (10,224,556) 11,570,624
                            =========  =======   ==========   ======  ===========  =========      =======   ==========  ==========
    

See accompanying notes to financial statements.







                                                                      theglobe.com, inc.

                                                                   Statements of Cash Flows
                                              
                                                Period from                                                           
                                                May 1, 1995           Year ended                 Six months ended
                                               (inception) to        December 31,                    June 30,
                                                December 31,    ----------------------     ----------------------------
                                                   1995           1996          1997           1997           1998
                                                -----------     ---------     --------     -----------    -------------
                                                                                                     (unaudited)

                                                                                         
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss...............................       $ (65,706)  $ (750,180)    $(3,584,400)    $(767,435)   $(5,824,270)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash used in operating activities:.
         Depreciation and amortization....          10,530       47,595          60,210        37,499        238,411
         Non-cash related interest........             738           --             --             --             --
         Deferred compensation earned.....              --        4,000          28,115        14,057         23,119
       Changes in operating assets and 
        liabilities:
         Accounts receivable, net.........          (3,025)     (63,103)       (188,081)       23,212       (369,982)
         Prepaids and other current assets         (16,440)      (2,377)          2,377         2,377        (75,847)
         Other assets.....................              --           --              --            --       (568,226)
         Accounts payable.................           9,794      120,684         265,902        57,706      1,633,521
         Accrued expenses.................           5,599        9,635         310,220       192,532        509,505 
         Accrued bonuses..................              --           --       1,148,999        37,250       (998,999)
         Deferred revenue.................              --       32,144          81,146        72,579         19,063
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
       Net cash used in operating          
          activities.......................        (58,510)    (601,602)     (1,875,512)     (330,223)    (5,413,705)
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchase of securities.................              --           --     (13,044,374)           --       (230,484)
   Proceeds from sale of securities.......              --           --              --            --      3,087,381
   Purchases of property and equipment....         (51,101)    (138,309)       (119,984)     (229,696)      (247,859)
                                                 ---------- ------------   -------------    ----------   -----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by
         investing activities.............         (51,101)    (138,309)    (13,164,358)     (229,696)     2,609,038
                                                 ---------- ------------   -------------    ----------   -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Payments under capital lease obligations             --           --              --            --        (77,405)
    Proceeds from convertible promissory  
     notes................................          45,500           --              --            --             --
   Proceeds from exercise of common stock 
     options..............................              --           --           4,507         4,507          8,172
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock.           4,680           --              --            --             --
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible
     preferred Series A, B and C stock....         646,505      909,955         280,000       280,000             --
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible
     preferred Series D stock.............              --           --      20,000,000            --             --
   Payment of financing costs.............              --           --        (130,464)      (26,302)            --
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
       Net cash provided by (used in)
         financing activities.............         696,685      909,955      20,154,043       258,205        (69,233)
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------

       Net change in cash and cash        
         equivalents......................         587,074      170,044       5,114,173      (301,714)    (2,873,900)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of  
  period..................................              --      587,074         757,118       757,118      5,871,291
                                                 ---------   ----------   -------------     ---------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period       $ 587,074   $  757,118    $  5,871,291     $ 455,404    $2,997,391
                                                 =========   ==========   =============     =========    ==========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow 
  information:
   Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest.............................       $   1,094   $    3,709    $         --     $      --   $     30,460
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============
     Income taxes.........................              --           --              --            --         45,125
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============
Supplemental disclosure of noncash 
  transactions:
   Series A convertible preferred stock
     issued upon conversion of promissory
     notes, including accrued interest of  
     $738.................................       $  46,238   $       --    $         --     $      --   $         --
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========   ============

   Equipment acquired under capital leases       $      --   $       --    $    126,000     $      --   $    836,648
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.




                             theglobe.com, inc.

                       Notes to Financial Statements

                         December 31, 1996 and 1997
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(1)  Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     (a)  Description of Business

          theglobe.com,  inc. (the  "Company") was  incorporated  on May 1,
          1995   (inception)   and  commenced   operations  on  that  date.
          theglobe.com is an online community with members and users in the
          United  States  and  abroad.  theglobe.com's  users  are  able to
          personalize  their  online  experience  by  publishing  their own
          content and interacting with others having similar interests. The
          Company's primary revenue source is the sale of advertising, with
          additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements and
          the sale of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

          The Company's business is  characterized  by rapid  technological
          change, new product  development and evolving industry standards.
          Inherent  in  the  Company's   business  are  various  risks  and
          uncertainties,  including its limited operating history, unproven
          business  model  and  the  limited  history  of  commerce  on the
          Internet.  The  Company's  success  may  depend  in part upon the
          emergence of the Internet as a communications medium, prospective
          product  development  efforts and the acceptance of the Company's
          solutions by the marketplace.

   
          During  August 1997,  Dancing  Bear  Investments,  Inc.  invested
          $20,000,000  in  the  Company  in  exchange  for a 51%  ownership
          interest in the Company on a fully diluted  basis,  plus warrants
          (the "Dancing Bear Investment")(See Note 5).
    


     (b) Initial Public Offerings

   
          In June 1998,  the Board of Directors  authorized the filing of a
          registration   statement   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
          Commission  ("SEC")  that would permit the Company to sell shares
          of the  Company's  common  stock in  connection  with a  proposed
          initial  public  offering  ("IPO").  In addition to the IPO,  the
          Company  will be offering  shares in a concurrent  offering  (the
          "Concurrent  Offering")  directly to certain investors at a price
          per share equal to the IPO price per share less the  underwriting
          discount and  commissions  but  including a placement  agent fee,
          (collectively  referred to as the "Offerings").  The consummation
          of the Concurrent  Offering and the IPO are not  contingent  upon
          each  other.  In  the  event  the  Concurrent   Offering  is  not
          consummated  by the  closing  date  of the  IPO,  the  Concurrent
          Offering  will  be  terminated  and  all  payments   received  in
          connection   with  the  Concurrent   Offering  will  be  promptly
          returned.  If the Concurrent  Offering is not consummated for all
          of the proposed shares,  the shares of Common Stock not sold will
          not be offered to purchasers in the IPO.
    

          If the IPO is consummated under the terms presently  anticipated,
          upon  the  closing  of the  proposed  Offerings  all of the  then
          outstanding shares of the Company's  Convertible  Preferred Stock
          will automatically convert into shares of common stock.


     (c) Unaudited Interim Financial Information


   
          The  interim  financial  statements  of the  Company  for the six
          months  ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  included  herein have been
          prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and
          regulations of the SEC. Certain  information and note disclosures
          normally included in financial  statements prepared in accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed
          or omitted  pursuant  to such rules and  regulations  relating to
          interim financial statements.
    




                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(1), Continued


     (c)  Unaudited Interim Financial Information, Continued

   
          In the opinion of management,  the accompanying unaudited interim
          financial statements reflect all adjustments,  consisting only of
          normal  recurring  adjustments,  necessary to present  fairly the
          financial  position of the Company at June 30, 1997 and 1998, and
          the  results  of its  operations  and its cash  flows for the six
          months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.
    


     (d)  Use of Estimates

          The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
          generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to
          make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts
          of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
          and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the
          reported  amounts of revenue and  expenses  during the  reporting
          period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     (e)  Cash and Cash Equivalents

          The Company  considers all highly liquid securities with original
          maturities of three months or less to be cash  equivalents.  Cash
          equivalents  at  December  31,  1996 and 1997 were  approximately
          $752,000 and $3,997,000,  respectively, and $2,994,000 as of June
          30, 1998, which consisted of certificates of deposit.

     (f)  Short-term Investments

   
          Short-term  investments are classified as available-for-sale  and
          are available to support current  operations or to take advantage
          of  other  investment   opportunities.   The  majority  of  these
          investments  are  corporate  bonds,  which  are  stated  at their
          estimated fair value based upon publicly available market quotes.
          Unrealized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific
          identification and are included in stockholders equity.  Realized
          gains,  realized  losses  and  declines  in  value,  judged to be
          other-than-temporary,  are  included  in  income.  The  costs  of
          securities sold are based on the  specific-identification  method
          and  interest  earned  is  included  in  interest  income.  As of
          December 31,  1997,  the Company had gross  unrealized  losses of
          $41,678 and gross  unrealized  gains of $477 from its  short-term
          investments. As of June 30, 1998 the Company had gross unrealized
          losses of $14,976 and gross unrealized gains of $26,530.
    

     (g)  Property and Equipment

          Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost.  Depreciation  is
          computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
          lives of the related assets, generally ranging from three to five
          years.  Equipment  under capital  leases is stated at the present
          value of  minimum  lease  payments  and is  amortized  using  the
          straight-line  method  over the  shorter of the lease term or the
          estimated useful lives of the assets

     (h)  Other Assets

          At June 30,  1998,  other  assets  included  $568,226 of security
          deposits  held in an escrow  account as  collateral  for  certain
          capital lease equipment.



                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(1), Continued


     (i)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

   
          The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever
          events or changes in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying
          amount  of an asset  may not be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of
          assets to be held and used is  measured  by a  comparison  of the
          carrying  amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to
          be generated by the asset.  If such assets are  considered  to be
          impaired,  the  impairment  to be  recognized  is measured by the
          amount by which the  carrying  amount of the assets  exceeds  the
          fair value of the assets.  To date, no such  impairment  has been
          recorded.
    


     (j)  Income Taxes

          The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset and
          liability  method.  Under this  method,  deferred  tax assets and
          liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences
          attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
          carrying  amounts of existing  assets and  liabilities  and their
          respective   tax  bases  for   operating   loss  and  tax  credit
          carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are measured
          using  enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable  income in
          the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
          recovered  or  settled.  The  effect on  deferred  tax assets and
          liabilities  of a change in tax rates is recognized in results of
          operations  in the period that the tax change  occurs.  Valuation
          allowances are  established,  when necessary,  to reduce deferred
          tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

     (k)  Revenue Recognition

          The Company's  revenues are derived  principally from the sale of
          banner  advertisements under short-term  contracts.  To date, the
          duration of the Company's  advertising  commitments has generally
          averaged  from  one  to  two  months.  Advertising  revenues  are
          recognized  ratably in the period in which the  advertisement  is
          displayed,  provided  that  no  significant  Company  obligations
          remain and  collection of the  resulting  receivable is probable.
          Company obligations  typically include the guarantee of a minimum
          number of "impressions" or times that an advertisement appears in
          pages viewed by the users of the Company's online properties.

   
          The  Company   also   derived   revenues   from  its   membership
          subscriptions  which are deferred and recognized ratably over the
          term of the  subscription  period,  which is  generally up to one
          year.  Subscription  revenues  accounted for 0%, 5%, 23%, 31% and
          11% of revenues  for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception)  to
          December  31, 1995,  the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997,
          and  for  the  six  months   ended   June  30,   1997  and  1998,
          respectively.

          The  Company  trades  advertisements  on its  Web  properties  in
          exchange  for  advertisements  on the  Internet  sites  of  other
          companies.  Barter revenues and expenses are recorded at the fair
          market value of services provided or received,  whichever is more
          determinable   in  the   circumstances.   Revenue   from   barter
          transactions  is  recognized  as income when  advertisements  are
          delivered on the  Company's  Web  properties.  Barter  expense is
          recognized  when the  Company's  advertisements  are run on other
          companies'  Web sites, which is typically in the same period when
          the barter  revenue is recognized.  Barter  revenues and expenses
          were  approximately  $-0-, $-0-, and $166,500 for the period from
          May 1, 1995  (inception)  to December  31, 1995 and for the years
          ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and $37,500 and
          $39,906  for the  six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and  1998,
          respectively.
    




                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(1), Continued


   
     (l)  Product Development

          Product  development  expenses include personnel costs associated
          with the  development,  testing and upgrades to the Company's Web
          site  and  systems  as well as  personnel  costs  related  to its
          editorial content and community  management and support.  Product
          development  costs and  enhancements  to  existing  products  are
          charged to operations as incurred. Software development costs are
          required  to  be  capitalized  when  a  product's   technological
          feasibility has been established by completion of a working model
          of the product which capitalized asset would be fully expensed by
          the time when a product  is  available  for  general  release  to
          customers.  To  date,  completion  of  a  working  model  of  the
          Company's   products  and  general  release  have   substantially
          coincided.  As a result,  the  Company  has not  capitalized  any
          software  development  costs  since  such  costs  have  not  been
          significant.
    

     (m)  Advertising

          Advertising  costs are  expensed as incurred.  Advertising  costs
          totaling $1,248,  $202,986 and $1,057,606 in 1995, 1996 and 1997,
          respectively,  and  $183,413  and  $4,000,047  for the six months
          ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, are included in sales
          and marketing expenses in the Company's statements of operations.

     (n)  Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements in
          accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting  Standard
          ("SFAS") No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,  which
          permits  entities to recognize as expense over the vesting period
          the fair  value of all  stock-based  awards on the date of grant.
          Alternatively,  SFAS No. 123 allows entities to continue to apply
          the provisions of Accounting  Principle Board ("APB") Opinion No.
          25 and provide pro forma net  earnings  disclosures  for employee
          stock option  grants if the  fair-value-based  method  defined in
          SFAS  No.  123 had been  applied.  The  Company  has  elected  to
          continue  to apply  the  provisions  of APB  Opinion  No.  25 and
          provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.

     (o)  Net Loss Per Common Share


          The Company  adopted SFAS No. 128,  "Computation  of Earnings Per
          Share,"  during the year ended  December 31, 1997.  In accordance
          with SFAS No.  128 and the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
          ("SEC")  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin No. 98,  basic  earnings per
          share are computed  using the weighted  average  number of common
          and dilutive  common  equivalent  shares  outstanding  during the
          period.  Common  equivalent  shares  consist  of the  incremental
          common  shares  issuable upon the  conversion of the  Convertible
          Preferred  Stock  (using  the  if-converted  method)  and  shares
          issuable upon the exercise of stock  options and warrants  (using
          the Treasury Stock method); common equivalent shares are excluded
          from the calculation if their effect is  anti-dilutive.  Pursuant
          to SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  98,  common  stock  and
          convertible  preferred  stock  issued for nominal  consideration,
          prior to the  anticipated  effective date of an IPO, are required
          to be included in the  calculation  of basic and diluted net loss
          per share, as if they were outstanding for all periods presented.
          To date,  the  Company  has not had any  issuances  or grants for
          nominal consideration.


          Diluted loss per share has not been presented separately,  as the
          outstanding stock options, warrants and contingent stock purchase
          warrants are anti-dilutive for each of the periods presented.
       


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(1), Continued

   
     (o)  Net Loss Per Common Share, Continued

          Anti-dilutive  potential common shares outstanding were 2,619,820
          for the period ended December 31, 1995,  3,444,037 and 14,873,343
          for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and
          4,165,398 and 14,829,927 for the six-month periods ended June 30,
          1997 and 1998.
    

     (p)  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

   
          In  June  1997,   the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  130,   "Reporting
          Comprehensive  Income." This statement  establishes standards for
          the  reporting  and  display  of  comprehensive  income  and  its
          components in a full set of general purpose financial statements.
          Comprehensive   income   generally   represents  all  changes  in
          shareholders'  equity  during the period  except those  resulting
          from investments by, or distributions to, shareholders.  SFAS No.
          130 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15,
          1997 and requires  restatement of earlier periods presented.  For
          the six months  ended June 30,  1998 and the year ended  December
          31, 1997,  comprehensive net loss was approximately $11,600 lower
          and approximately $41,200 higher, respectively, than the net loss
          reported  in the  Company's  statements  of  operations  for  the
          applicable  periods,   due  to  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on
          securities classified as available-for-sale.
    

          In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  About
          Segments of and Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131
          establishes  standards  for  the  way  that a  public  enterprise
          reports  information about operating segments in annual financial
          statements,  and requires that those enterprises  report selected
          information about operating segments in interim financial reports
          issued to  shareholders.  SFAS No.  131 is  effective  for fiscal
          years beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires statement of
          earlier  periods  presented.  The Company has determined  that it
          does not have any separately reporting business segments.

          In June  1998,  the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  133,  Accounting  for
          Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities.  SFAS No.  133
          establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards for  derivative
          instruments,  including derivative  instruments embedded in other
          contracts, and for hedging activities.  SFAS No. 133 is effective
          for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15,
          1999. This statement does not apply to the Company as the Company
          currently  does not have any  derivative  instruments  or hedging
          activities.

     (q)  Stock Split

   
          In May 1996, the Company authorized and implemented a ten-for-one
          common stock split.  In August 1997,  the Company  authorized and
          implemented an additional  ten-for-one preferred stock split. All
          share and per share  information  in the  accompanying  financial
          statements has been retroactively  restated to reflect the effect
          of these stock splits.
    


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(2)  Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial  instruments  which subject the Company to concentrations of
     credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term
     investments and trade accounts receivable.  The Company maintains cash
     and cash equivalents with various domestic financial institutions. The
     Company performs periodic  evaluations of the relative credit standing
     of these institutions.  From time to time, the Company's cash balances
     with  any  one  financial   institution  may  exceed  Federal  Deposit
     Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

     The Company's  customers are  concentrated  in the United States.  The
     Company  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations,  generally  does  not
     require  collateral and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts
     based  upon  factors   surrounding   the  credit  risk  of  customers,
     historical  trends and other  information;  to date,  such losses have
     been within management's expectations.

     For the period  from May 1, 1995  (inception)  to December  31,  1995,
     there  were no  customers  that  accounted  for over  10% of  revenues
     generated by the Company,  or of accounts  receivable  at December 31,
     1995.

     For the year ended  December 31,  1996,  one  customer  accounted  for
     approximately  71% of total revenues  generated by the Company and 90%
     of accounts receivable at December 31, 1996.

     For the year ended  December  31, 1997,  there was one  customer  that
     accounted for 11% of revenues  (excluding barter advertising  revenues
     of $166,500)  generated by the Company.  There were no customers  that
     accounted for over 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1997.

     For the six months ended June 30, 1998,  there were no customers  that
     accounted  for over 10% of revenues  generated by the  Company,  or of
     accounts receivable at June 30, 1998.

(3)  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
                                                                       June 
                                            December   December         30,
                                               31,         31,         1998
                                              1996        1997      (unaudited)
                                            ---------  ----------  ------------

Computer equipment, including assets under
  capital leases of $-0-, $126,000, and
  $962,648, respectively..................    $181,557   $421,164   1,500,187
Furniture and fixtures....................       7,853     14,230      19,714
                                              --------   ---------  ---------
                                               189,410    435,394   1,519,901

Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization, including amounts 
   related to assets under capital........    
   leases of $-0-, $-0- and $110,007,
   respectively............................     52,630     109,552     346,319
                                              --------    --------  ----------
      Total...............................    $136,780    $325,842  $1,173,582
                                              ========    ========  ==========
- -------------------------------------------


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(4)  Income Taxes


     The Company did not incur any income  taxes for the period from May 1,
     1995  (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December
     31, 1996 as a result of  operating  losses.  Income taxes for the year
     ended  December  31, 1997 are based solely on state and local taxes on
     business and investment capital.

     The difference  between the provision for income taxes computed at the
     statutory  rate  and the  reported  amount  of tax  expense  (benefit)
     attributable  to income before income taxes for the period from May 1,
     1995  (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December
     31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:



                                                1995        1996        1997

                                           ------------------------------------

   Tax expense at statutory rates.....      $(22,340)  $ (257,781)$(1,218,695)
         Increase (reduction) in income
          taxes resulting from:
     Valuation allowance adjustment..         25,938      302,644   1,710,346
     State and local income taxes,
      net of Federal                         
      income tax benefit..............        (3,660)     (45,131)   (458,817)
      Other, net......................            62          268       3,266
                                            --------     --------   ---------
 
                                            $     --     $     --   $  36,100
                                            ========     ========   =========



     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
     portions of the deferred tax assets and  deferred tax  liabilities  at
     December 31, 1996 and 1997 are presented below.

                                                      1996       1997
      Deferred tax assets:
                                                  ----------  ---------
        Net operating loss carryforwards.......    $326,982   2,018,635
      
        Allowance for doubtful accounts........          --       5,520
      
        Deferred compensation..................       1,600      14,773
                                                  ---------   ---------
      
            Total gross deferred tax assets....     328,582   2,038,928
     

      Less valuation allowance.................    (328,582) (2,038,928)
                                                  ---------   ---------
           Net deferred tax assets............    $      --   $      --
                                                  =========   =========


     The valuation  allowance for deferred tax assets as of January 1, 1996
     and 1997 was $328,582 and $2,038,928  respectively.  The net change in
     the total  valuation  allowance for the years ended  December 31, 1996
     and 1997 was $302,644 and $1,710,346,  respectively.  In assessing the
     realizability of deferred tax assets,  management considers whether it
     is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the  deferred tax
     assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax
     assets is  dependent  upon the  generation  of future  taxable  income
     during  the  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become
     deductible.


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(4), Continued

     Management   considers   the   scheduled   reversal  of  deferred  tax
     liabilities,   projected   future  taxable  income  and  tax  planning
     strategies in making this assessment.

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
     available  for federal and state income tax purposes of $4.4  million.
     These carryforwards expire through 2012 for federal purposes and state
     purposes.

     Under  Section 382 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,
     the  utilization  of net operating loss  carryforwards  may be limited
     under the  change in stock  ownership  rules of the  Internal  Revenue
     Code. As a result of ownership  changes which occurred in August 1997,
     the  Company's   operating  tax  loss  carryforwards  and  tax  credit
     carryforwards are subject to these limitations.

(5)  Capitalization

     Authorized Shares

   
     During  1997,  the Company  amended and restated  its  certificate  of
     incorporation.  As a  result,  the total  number  of shares  which the
     Company is  authorized to issue is  25,000,000  shares:  22,000,000 of
     these shares are Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001;  and
     3,000,000  shares  are  Preferred  Stock,  each  having a par value of
     $0.001. In July 1998, the Company's  stockholders  approved the Fourth
     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which will be filed
     with the  Delaware  Secretary  of State prior to  consummation  of the
     Offerings, to increase the number of authorized shares from 25,000,000
     to 103,000,000 shares.
    

     Common Stock

     During 1995, the Company issued a total of 2,250,000  shares of Common
     Stock to its founders in exchange for $4,680 in cash. During 1997, the
     Company  issued  an  additional  58,541  shares  of  Common  Stock  in
     connection with the exercise of certain stock options.

     Convertible Preferred Stock

   
     As of December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998, the Company had five series
     of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (collectively   "Preferred  Stock")
     authorized and of which only four of the series were outstanding.  The
     holders of the various  series of Preferred  Stock  generally have the
     same  rights and  privileges.  Each class of the  Company's  Preferred
     Stock is  convertible  into Common Stock,  as defined  below,  and has
     rights  and  preferences  which  are  generally  more  senior  to  the
     Company's  Common Stock and are more fully  described in the Company's
     amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
    


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(5), Continued

   
     In 1995, the Company completed a private placement of 1,165,990 shares
     of Series A Preferred  Stock for an aggregate  price of  approximately
     $113,000.  Such  consideration  consisted  of  $67,000 in cash and the
     conversion of  outstanding  Notes  (described  below) in the aggregate
     amount  of  approximately   $46,000.   In  1995,  the  Company  issued
     Convertible  Promissory  Notes  ("Notes") in the  aggregate  principal
     amount of $45,500,  bearing interest at rates between 6.62% and 8% per
     annum. Under the terms and conditions of the original Note agreements,
     the Notes were convertible  into preferred stock at conversion  prices
     equal to $0.10 per  share,  the  highest  price paid for shares of its
     Preferred Stock sold during such time period.  These Notes,  including
     interest  thereon,  were  converted  into a total of 453,010 shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the Company's 1995 private
     placement of Series A Preferred Stock, in accordance with the original
     terms and conditions of such Notes.

     During  December  1995, the Company  completed a private  placement of
     1,151,450  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock at $0.525 per share in
     two  issuances  for an  aggregate  price  of  approximately  $604,000,
     $579,000 was paid in cash in 1995 and $25,000 in 1996.
    

     In 1996, the Company  completed a private  placement of 442,500 shares
     of Series C Preferred  Stock at $2.00 per share for an aggregate price
     of approximately $885,000, paid in cash.

     In April  1997,  the  Company  amended  the Series C  Preferred  Stock
     agreement in order to extend the above  private  placement of Series C
     Preferred  Stock to April 15, 1997.  In  connection  with this private
     placement, the Company issued an additional 140,000 shares of Series C
     Preferred  Stock at $2.00 per share for an aggregate price of $280,000
     in 1997.

   
     In August 1997, the Company  authorized and issued 51 shares of Series
     D  Preferred  Stock for an  aggregate  cash amount of  $20,000,000  in
     connection with the investment by Dancing Bear Investments, Inc. These
     shares  constituted  51% of the  fully  diluted  capital  stock of the
     Company at the time of exercise, as defined. In addition to the Series
     D Preferred  Stock,  Dancing  Bear  Investments,  Inc.  also  received
     warrants which provide the right to purchase up to 10 shares of Series
     E Preferred Stock  representing 10% of the fully diluted capital stock
     of the Company at the time of exercise for an aggregate purchase price
     of $5,882,353,  if exercised in total.  In connection with the Dancing
     Bear Investment, two officers and shareholders of the Company received
     $500,000 each as signing bonuses in connection  with their  employment
     agreements.  Such  amounts  were  accrued  for at that  time  and were
     subsequently paid in the first quarter of 1998.

     The  conversion  rate of the  Series A, B and C  Preferred  Stock,  as
     defined in the  original  private  placement  agreements  shall be the
     quotient  obtained by dividing the applicable  series'  original issue
     price by the applicable  series'  conversion price. The original issue
     price and conversion price shall be $0.10, $0.525 and $2 per share for
     Series A, B and C,  respectively,  as determined by negotiations among
     the  parties.  Each share of Series D and E  Preferred  Stock shall be
     convertible  into an  amount of  common  representing  1% of the fully
     diluted  capital stock, as defined in the original  private  placement
     agreement.  Such  conversion  features were determined by negotiations
     among the parties.
    

     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution
     or winding up of the Company,  as defined,  on a pari passu basis,  an
     amount equal to $0.10,  $0.525 and $2, $392,156.86 and $588,235.30 per
     share  for  Series  A,  B,  C, D and E  convertible  Preferred  Stock,
     respectively, shall be paid out of the assets of the Company available
     for distribution  before any such payments shall be made on any shares
     of the  Company's  common  shares  or any other  capital  stock of the
     Company other than the Preferred  Stock,  plus any declared but unpaid
     dividends.

                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(5), Continued

   
     The following table summarizes the Convertible Preferred Stock
     authorized, issued and outstanding and liquidation preferences:
    





   
                                    Preferred Shares                                 Equivalent Shares of
                                 Issued and Outstanding                                  Common Stock
                   -----------------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                                                                    December 31,
                    Shares                                      June 30,     ------------------------      June 30,
                  Authorized        1996           1997           1998          1996           1997          1998
                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ----------    ----------

                                                                                           
Series A           1,165,990     1,165,990      1,165,990      1,165,990     1,165,990      1,165,990     1,165,990
Series B           1,151,450     1,151,450      1,151,450      1,151,450     1,151,450      1,151,450     1,151,450
Series C             582,500       442,500        582,500        582,500       442,500        582,500       582,500
Series D                  51             0             51             51             0      7,006,713     7,006,713
Series E                  10             0              0              0             0      3,522,732     3,522,732
                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ----------    ----------
                   2,900,001     2,759,940      2,899,991      2,899,991     2,759,940     13,429,385    13,429,385
                   =========     =========      =========      =========     =========     ==========    ==========
    






   
                                                             Liquidation Preference
                                                   --------------------------------------
                                                         December 31,
                               Liquidation         -----------------------       June 30,
                          Preference Per Share        1996          1997           1998
                          --------------------     ---------    ----------     ----------

                                                                       
Series A                  $               0.10       116,599       116,599        116,599
Series B                  $              0.525       604,511       604,511        604,511
Series C                  $               2.00       885,000     1,165,000      1,165,000
Series D                  $         392,156.86             0    20,000,000     20,000,000
Series E                  $         588,235.30             0             0              0
                          --------------------     ---------    ----------     ----------
                                                   1,606,110    21,886,110     21,886,110
                                                   =========    ==========     ==========
    




     All  Preferred  Shares shall be  automatically  converted  into common
     shares  in the  event  the  Company  closes a firm  commitment  for an
     underwritten  initial  public  offering  of its  common  stock  for an
     aggregate  amount of at least  $15,000,000.  The Preferred  Shares are
     subject to additional  mandatory  conversion rights, as defined in the
     Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

   
     Holders Of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive  dividends when and
     if declared by the Board of Directors. No such dividends have yet been
     declared by the Board of Directors.
    

(6)  Stock Option Plan

     1995 Stock Option Plan

   
     During 1995, the Company established the 1995 Stock Option Plan, which
     was amended (the "Amended Plan") by the Board of Directors in December
     1996.  Under  the  Amended  Plan,  the  Board of  Directors  may issue
     incentive stock options or  nonqualified  stock options to purchase up
     to 1,332,000  common  shares.  Incentive  stock options may be granted
     only to officers who are  employees  of the Company,  directors of the
     Company and other  employees  of the Company who are deemed to be "key
     employees." Incentive stock options must be granted at the fair market
     value of the Company's  Common Stock at the date the option is issued.
     
    



                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(6), Continued

   
     Nonqualified  stock  options  may be granted to  officers,  directors,
     other employees,  consultants and advisors of the Company.  The option
     price for nonqualified stock options shall be at least 85% of the fair
     market value of the Company's  Common Stock. The granted options under
     the  amended  plan  shall be for  periods  not to  exceed  ten  years.
     Incentive  options granted to stockholders who own greater than 10% of
     the total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock of the Company
     must be  issued at 110% of the fair  market  value of the stock on the
     date the options are granted.

     In  connection  with the  Dancing  Bear  Investments  investment,  the
     Company reserved an additional  250,000 shares of its common stock for
     issuance  upon the  exercise  of  options  to be granted in the future
     under the Amended Plan.

     The per share  weighted-average  fair value of stock  options  granted
     during 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $0.01,  $0.08 and $0.16,  respectively,
     on the  date  of  grant  using  the  option-pricing  method  with  the
     following weighted-average assumptions: 1995 - risk-free interest rate
     6%, and an expected  life of three  years;  1996 - risk-free  interest
     rate  6.18%,  and an  expected  life of two  years;  1997 -  risk-free
     interest rate 6.00%, and an expected life of three years. As permitted
     under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, and based on the historical lack
     of a public market for the Company's  units,  no factor for volatility
     has been reflected in the option pricing calculation.
    

     The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plan and,
     accordingly,   compensation  cost  of  $4,000  and  $28,115  has  been
     recognized  for its stock  options  granted below fair market value in
     1996 and 1997, respectively, in the accompanying financial statements.

     Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:


                                                             Weighted
                                                  Options     average
                                                  granted    exercise
                                                               price
                                                  ------      --------
     
      Outstanding at December 31, 1995.........   350,000      $ 0.01
      
      Granted..................................   334,097      $ 0.06
      
      Exercised................................         -
     
      Canceled.................................         -
                                                  -------      ------
      Outstanding at December 31, 1996.........   684,097      $ 0.03
     
      Granted..................................   823,402      $ 0.37
    
      Exercised................................   (58,541)     $ 0.08
      
   
      Canceled.................................    (5,000)     $ 0.41
                                                  -------
    
      
      
      Outstanding at December 31, 1997......... 1,443,958      $ 0.22
                                                =========
      
      Vested at December 31, 1997                 795,965
                                                =========
      
      Options available at December 31, 1997       79,502
                                                =========



   
                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
        (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 Unaudited)


(6), Continued

The following table summaries  information about stock options  outstanding
at 12/31/97:

                      Options Outstanding              Options Exercisable
          ----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                Weighted
                                Average      Weighted                Weighted
  Range of                     Remaining     Average                 Average
  Exercise        Number       Contractual   Exercise    Number      Exercise
    Price       Outstanding       Life        Price    Outstanding    Price 
- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------- ------------- ------------
$0.01-$0.0525    563,778           1        $0.026      466,524       $0.02
$0.20-$0.35      709,680           1         0.323      329,441        0.33
$0.41            170,500           5         0.41             0           0
               ---------                              ---------
               1,443,958                                795,965
               =========                              =========


     At   December   31,   1997,   the  range  of   exercise   prices   and
     weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was
     $0.01 - $0.41 and 1 year, respectively.
    

     The Company  applies APB No. 25 in  accounting  for its stock  options
     granted to employees and accordingly, no compensation expense has been
     recognized  in the  financial  statements  (except  for those  options
     issued with  exercise  prices  less than fair market  value at date of
     grant). Had the Company determined  compensation  expense based on the
     fair value at the grant date for its stock options issued to employees
     under SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been adjusted to
     the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                               1995       1996       1997
                                               ----       ----       ----

             Net loss - as reported           $65,706    $750,180  $3,584,400
                                              =======    ========  ==========

             Net loss - pro forma             $66,873    $756,135  $3,621,373
                                              =======    ========  ==========

             Basic net loss per common        $ (0.03)   $  (0.33) $    (1.56)
                share - as reported           =======    ========  ==========
               
             Basic net loss per common
                share -pro forma              $ (0.03)    $  (0.34) $   (1.58)
                                              =======     ========  =========


(7)  Commitments

     (a)  Office Leases

          In May 1997,  the Company  terminated its office lease in Ithaca,
          NY.  The  Company  moved to New York  City  and  entered  into an
          operating lease agreement  related to its new office space during
          February 1997.

          Rent  expense  for the  operating  leases was $-0-,  $26,181  and
          $81,157 for the period from May 1, 1995  (inception)  to December
          31,  1995 and for the years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
          respectively.

          Future minimum  payments under the New York City office operating
          leases are as follows:

             Year ended December 31,             Amount

               1998........................    $120,200
               1999........................     121,787
               2000........................      86,517
               2001........................      87,000
               2002........................       7,250
                                               --------

               Total minimum lease payments    $422,754
                                               ========


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)


(7), Continued

     (b)  Equipment Leases

          The Company's  lease  obligations are  collateralized  by certain
          assets at December 31, 1997.  Future minimum lease payments under
          noncancellable  operating leases (with initial or remaining lease
          terms in excess of one year) and  future  minimum  capital  lease
          obligations as of December 31, 1997 are:


                                                  Capital    Operating
      Year ending December 31,                    leases      leases
      ------------------------

        1998................................... $  41,399      41,014
      
        1999...................................    41,399      23,551
     
        2000...................................    41,399      12,860
      
        2001...................................    35,189       9,058
     
        2002...................................        --       7,567
                                                 --------     -------
     
                Total minimum lease payments.    $159,386     $94,050
                                                 ========     =======

        Less amount representing interest
         (at rates ranging from 11% to 12.5%)..    33,386
                                                 --------

      
        Present value of minimum capital
         lease payments........................   126,000
                                                 --------
     

      
        Less current installments of obligation
         under capital leases                      27,174
                                                 --------
      
        Obligations under capital leases,
         excluding current installments          $ 98,826
                                                 ========
        


          In addition, the Company entered into five capital leases in 1998
          with future minimum payments totaling $1,062,884 starting in 1998
          through 2003.

     (c)  Advertising Contracts

          During  October  1997,  the  Company  entered  into an  exclusive
          one-year  contract  with an  advertising  agency  with a  minimum
          monthly fee of $50,000.

     (d)  Employment Agreements

          The Company  maintains  employment  agreements  expiring in 2002,
          with  two  executive  officers  of the  Company.  The  employment
          agreements   provide  for  minimum   salary   levels,   incentive
          compensation and severance benefits, among other items.


                             theglobe.com, inc.

                  Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
       (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

   
(8)  Related Party Transactions

     Certain  officers and  directors of the Company also serve as officers
     and directors of Dancing Bear Investments,  Inc., an entity which will
     continue to control the Company following completion of the Offerings.

     The Company has recently  entered  into an  e-commerce  contract  with
     Republic Industries,  Inc.  ("Republic"),  an entity affiliated with a
     Director of the  Company,  pursuant to which the Company has granted a
     right of first  negotiation  with  respect to the  exclusive  right to
     engage in or conduct an  automotive  "clubsite"  on  theglobe.com  Web
     site.  Additionally,  Republic has agreed to purchase advertising from
     the Company for a three-year  period at a price which will be adjusted
     to match any more favorable  advertising price quoted to a third party
     by the Company,  excluding certain  short-term  advertising  rates. In
     addition,  the Company has entered into an e-commerce arrangement with
     InteleTravel,  an entity  controlled  by the  Chairman of the Company,
     whereby the Company  developed a Web  community  for  InteleTravel  in
     order for its travel agents to conduct business  through  theglobe.com
     in exchange for access to InteleTravel  customers for  distribution of
     the  Company's  products and services.  The Company  believes that the
     terms of the foregoing arrangements are on comparable terms as if they
     were  entered into with  unaffiliated  third  parties.  As of June 30,
     1998, the Company had not received any revenues from  InteleTravel  or
     Republic.

(9)  Subsequent Events (unaudited)

     In July 1998,  the Company  approved  the Fourth  Amended and Restated
     Certificate  of  Incorporation,  which will be filed with the Delaware
     Secretary of State prior to consummation of the Offerings, to increase
     the number of authorized  shares from 25,000,000 shares to 103,000,000
     shares.
    

     The Company's  1998 Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by
     the  Board  of  Directors  on  July  15,  1998,  and  approved  by the
     stockholders  of the  Company  as of July  15,  1998.  The  1998  Plan
     provides  for the  grant of  "incentive  stock  options"  intended  to
     qualify  under  Section 422 of the Code and stock options which do not
     so qualify.  The  granting  of  incentive  stock  option is subject to
     limitation  as  set  forth  in the  1998  Plan.  Directors,  officers,
     employees  and  consultants  of the Company and its  subsidiaries  are
     eligible to receive grants under the 1998 Plan.

   
     The 1998 Plan  authorizes  for issuance of 1,800,000  shares of Common
     Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the 1998 Plan. On July 15,
     1998 the Board of Directors approved the grant of 200,000 options each
     to two executives.  There are 1,656,000 options of Company outstanding
     under this Plan.

     The  Company  expects  to  record a charge  to  earnings  in the third
     quarter  of 1998 in  connection  with the  transfer  during  the third
     quarter of 1998 of warrants to acquire  450,000 shares of Common Stock
     by Dancing Bear Investments to certain officers of the Company,  at an
     exercise  price of  approximately  $1.45 per share.  The  Company  has
     accounted  for  such  transaction  as if it were a  compensatory  plan
     adopted by the Company.  Accordingly,  such amount will be recorded as
     non-cash compensation expense in the Company's statement of operations
     for  services  provided  by  such  officers  to the  Company  with  an
     offsetting  contribution  to capital by a principal  shareholder.  The
     amount of such charge will be determined by the difference between the
     initial  public  offering  price per share and the exercise  price per
     warrant.

     During July and August 1998,  the Company  entered into two employment
     agreements  expiring in 2001,  with two officers of the  Company.  The
     employment  agreements  provide for minimum salary  levels,  incentive
     compensation  and severance  benefits,  among other items. The Company
     granted  225,000  stock  options  to each to the two  executives.  The
     exercise price for 175,000 of the options  granted to one officer will
     be 85% of the initial public offering price and the remaining  options
     granted  to that  officer  and for the  options  granted  to the other
     officer were equal to

                             theglobe.com, inc.

                   Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
        (All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(9) Continued


the fair market  value per share of the  Company's  Common  Stock as of the
date of the grant.  The options  will vest over a three year  period.  As a
result, the Company will record deferred  compensation in the third quarter
relating  to the  175,000  shares  granted  at 85%  of the  initial  public
offering price, representing the difference between the deemed value of the
Company's  Common Stock,  the initial public  offering price for accounting
purposes and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant.  Such
amount  will be  presented  as a  reduction  of  stockholders'  equity  and
amortized over the three year vesting period of the applicable options.
    


   
                             [Inside back cover]







              [globeStores logo, screen shots of Web site pages]







                    theglobe.com



                    One virtual community at theglobe.com, embodied by
                    personal homepage building and hosting, chat rooms, free
                    e-mail, discussion forums, special interest groups, a
                    marketplace, neighborhoods, horoscope forum and more.
    






     No  dealer,   sales  representative  or  any  other  person  has  been
authorized  to give  any  information  or to make  any  representations  in
connection with the Offering other than those contained in this Prospectus,
and, if given or made,  such  information  or  representations  must not be
relied upon as having been  authorized  by the Company or any  Underwriter.
This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of
an offer to buy,  the Common  Stock in any  jurisdiction  where,  or to any
person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.  Neither
the delivery of this  Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder  shall,  under
any circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no change in
the  affairs of the Company  since the date hereof or that the  information
contained  herein is correct as of any time  subsequent to the date hereof.

- -----------------


   
          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 Page
Prospectus Summary...........      3
Risk Factors.................      6
Cautionary Notice Regarding
  Forward Looking Statements.     22
Use of Proceeds..............     23
Dividend Policy..............     23
Concurrent Offering..........     23
Capitalization...............     24
Dilution.....................     25
Selected Financial Data......     27
Management's Discussion and
  Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of        
  Operations.................     29
Business.....................     39
Management...................     52
Certain Relationships and
  Related Transactions.......     62
Principal Stockholders.......     64
Description of Capital Stock.     66
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   73
Underwriting.................     75
Legal Matters................     76
Experts......................     76
Additional Information.......     76
Index to Financial Statements    F-1
    



     Until        ,  1998 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus),  all
dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not
participating  in  this   distribution,   may  be  required  to  deliver  a
Prospectus.  This is in addition to the obligations of dealers to deliver a
Prospectus  when acting as  Underwriters  and with  respect to their unsold
allotments and subscriptions.

                                   Shares

   [LOGO]


                                                Common Stock







                                                 PROSPECTUS





                                          Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

                                          Volpe Brown Whelan & Co.











                                                      , 1998


                                  PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     The  following  table  shows the  expenses,  other  than  underwriting
discounts and  commissions,  to be incurred in connection with the sale and
distribution of securities being registered by the Company.  Except for the
SEC registration fee and the NASD Filing Fee, all amounts are estimated.



   SEC Registration Fee.....................................      $14,750
   NASD Filing Fee..........................................       5,500
   Blue Sky Fees and Expenses...............................           *
   Legal Fees and Expenses..................................           *
   Accounting Fees and Expenses.............................           *
   Printing Expenses........................................           *
   Miscellaneous Expenses...................................           *
                                                                     ----
      Total.................................................          $
                                                                      =

- -------------
*  To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section  145 of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (the  "DGCL")
provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as
other  employees and individuals  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees), judgments,  fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with
specified   actions,   suits,    proceedings   whether   civil,   criminal,
administrative,  or investigative  (other than action by or in the right of
the corporation -- a "derivative  action"), if they acted in good faith and
in a manner  they  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the  corporation  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.
A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions,  except
that indemnification  only extends to expenses (including  attorneys' fees)
incurred in connection  with the defense or settlement of such action,  and
the statue requires court approval before there can be any  indemnification
where the  person  seeking  indemnification  has been  found  liable to the
corporation.  The  statue  provides  that  it is  not  exclusive  of  other
indemnification  that may be granted by a corporation's  charter,  by-laws,
disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement, or otherwise.

     Article VI of the By-Laws requires the Company to indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved
(including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or
completed  action,  suit,   arbitration,   alternative  dispute  mechanism,
investigation,  administrative  hearing  or any other  proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative (other than an action by
or in the right of the  Company)  brought  by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director or officer of the Company, or, while a director or
officer of the Company,  is or was serving at the request of the Company as
a director or officer of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other  enterprise,  including  service with respect to an employee
benefits  plan against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,
fines,  excise taxes under the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974,  penalties and amounts paid in settlement)  incurred by him or her in
connection with such action,  suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best  interests  of the Company,  and,  with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct
was unlawful.

     Section  102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its
certificate of incorporation  that a director of the corporation  shall not
be personally  liable to the corporation or its  stockholders  for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability
for (i) any breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to the corporation or
its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)  payment of
unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions,  or (iv) any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

     Article VI of the Certificate provides that to the fullest extent that
the DGCL,  as it now  exists  or may  hereafter  be  amended,  permits  the
limitation or elimination of the liability of directors,  a director of the
Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director.  Any  amendment to or
repeal of, or adoption of any  provision  of the  Certificate  inconsistent
with, such Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of
a director of the Company for or with  respect to any acts or  omissions of
such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

     The Company  has  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with its
directors  and  officers   substantially  in  the  form  attached  to  this
registration  statement  as Exhibit  10.2.  These  agreements  provide,  in
general,  that the Company will  indemnify such directors and officers for,
and hold  them  harmless  from and  against,  any and all  amounts  paid in
settlement or incurred by, or assessed against, such directors and officers
arising  out of or in  connection  with the service of such  directors  and
officers  as a director  or officer of the  Company or its  Affiliates  (as
defined therein) to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

     The Company  maintains  directors' and officers'  liability  insurance
which provides for payment,  on behalf of the directors and officers of the
Company and its subsidiaries, of certain losses of such persons (other than
matters  uninsurable  under law)  arising  from  claims,  including  claims
arising  under the  Securities  Act,  for acts or omissions by such persons
while  acting  as   directors  or  officers  of  the  Company   and/or  its
subsidiaries, as the case may be.

     The Underwriting  Agreement (the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1
hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Company and
its  officers  and  directors  for certain  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     All sales,  unless otherwise  noted,  were made in reliance on Section
4(2) of the  Securities  Act and/or  Regulation  D or Rule 701  promulgated
under the  Securities  Act and were made without  general  solicitation  or
advertising. The purchasers were sophisticated investors with access to all
relevant  information  necessary  to evaluate  these  investments,  and who
represented  to the  Registrant  that the shares  were being  acquired  for
investment.






                    DATE OF         TITLE OF       NUMBER OF    CONSIDERATION
PURCHASER           ISSUANCE       SECURITIES        SHARES        RECEIVED ($)
- ---------           --------       ----------     ------------  ---------------
                   

                                                          

   
Alce Partners, L.P.  12/22/95       Series B       190,480         100,002
                                    Preferred
Bergendahl, Anders    9/7/95        Series A       159,630          15,750
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        95,240          50,001
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
Bergendahl, Mia       9/7/95        Series A       159,630          15,750
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Cayuga Venture Fund 11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
David Duffield      12/22/95        Series B       190,480         100,002
Trust                               Preferred
                    11/13/96         Series C       250,000         500,000
                                    Preferred
de Selliers,        11/13/96        Series C        25,000          50,000
Baudouin                            Preferred
Ganem, Bruce        11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
GC&H Investments    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Grey, Nicki         11/16/95        Series A         6,430             500
                                    Preferred
Grinstead, Simon    11/16/95        Series A       106,430          10,500
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Mark R.   12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin Dow,       12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
Peggy Anne                          Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Philip W. 12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Robert M. 12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
                    5/29/98         Common Stock    85,417           8,171.88
Hirsch, Jason       11/16/95        Series A        38,490           3,000
                                    Preferred
Horowitz, David H.  12/22/95        Series B       100,000          52,500
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        25,000          50,000
                                    Preferred
                    6/19/97         Common Stock    31,944           3,111.06
Huret Family Trust  11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Karlsson, Bengt     11/13/96        Series C        50,000         100,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Allen      9/7/95        Series A       151,690          15,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Susan    11/16/95        Series A        12,830           1,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Todd                     Common Stock 1,050,000
                    11/16/95        Series A        44,910           3,500
                                    Preferred
Leavitt             11/13/96        Series C        75,000         150,000
Investments, L.P.                   Preferred
Maconie, Andrew     11/16/95        Series A         6,430             513.70
                                    Preferred
Miller, Dan         11/13/96        Series C        37,500          75,000
                                    Preferred
Muckstadt, Jack     11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
Muller, Georges      1/22/96        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Jacques     9/7/95        Series A        32,850           3,000
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        13,330           6,998.25
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Madeleine 11/16/95        Series A         2,570             205.48
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Monica    11/16/95        Series A         3,860             308.22
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Stephan                   Common Stock 1,200,000             
Paternot, Thierry   11/16/95        Series A         6,430             513.70
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        38,100          20,002.50
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Yves        9/7/95        Series A       177,380          17,000
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
S. Knight Pond        9/7/95        Series A       256,430          26,500
Trust                               Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B       142,860          75,001.50
                                    Preferred
Tuli, John                        Common Stock      26,597
    
   (1)    In August 1997, the Company issued and sold to Dancing Bear
          Investments (i) 51 shares of Series D Preferred Stock which will
          convert into 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock upon consummation
          of the Offerings and (ii) Warrants to purchase 4,046,018 shares
          of Common Stock of the Company at the time of exercise for an
          aggregate price of $5,882,353. The aggregate consideration for
          such transaction was $20 million.


   
   (2)    Since inception, the Company has granted stock options to
          directors, officers and employees of the Company under the
          Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan. As
          of July 1998, the Company has granted 1,235,000 and 1,425,941
          shares of Common Stock to directors, officers and employees of
          the Company under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995
          Stock Option Plan, respectively, and the Company issued and
          143,958 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of these
          options under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock
          Option Plan, respectively.
    



Item 16.  Exhibits and financial statement schedules

   (a)    Exhibits

          The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference:

          1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement*


          1.2  Placement Agent Agreement*

   
          3.1  Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
               Incorporation of the Company

          3.2  Form of By-Laws of the Company**

          4.1  Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among
               the Company and certain equity holders of the Company dated
               as of August 13, 1997**


          4.2  Amendment No.1 to Second Amended and Restated Investor
               Rights Agreement among the Company and certain equity
               holders of the Company dated as of July 15, 1998**


          4.3  Form of Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 15, 1998**


          4.4  Specimen certificate representing shares of Common Stock of
               the Company*


          4.5  Amended and Restated Warrant to Acquire Shares of Common
               Stock**

          5.1  Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson**


          9.1  Stockholders'   Agreement   by  and   among   Dancing   Bear
               Investments,  Inc., Michael Egan, Todd V. Krizelman, Stephan
               J. Paternot, Edward A. Cespedes and Rosalie V. Arthur, dated
               as of           , 1998*


          10.1 Employment Agreement dated August 13, 1997, by and between
               the Company and Todd V. Krizelman**

          10.2 Employment Agreement dated August 13, 1997, by and between
               the Company and Stephan J. Paternot**

          10.3 Employment Agreement dated July 13, 1998, by and between the
               Company and Francis T. Joyce**

          10.4 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and
               each of its Directors and Executive Officers**

          10.5 Lease Agreement dated January 14, 1997 between the Company
               and Fifth Avenue West Associates L.P.**


          10.6 1998 Stock Option Plan


          10.7 1995 Stock Option Plan**


          10.8 Form of Rights  Agreement dated          1998, by and between 
               the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as 
               Rights Agent

          10.9 D.A.R.T. Service Agreement dated April 15, 1997**+

         10.10 Amendment  dated as of May 1,  1998,  to  original  D.A.R.T.
               Service Agreement dated April 15, 1997**+

         10.11 Employment  Agreement  dated August 31, 1998, by and between
               the Company and Dean Daniels**

         10.12 Agreement between the Company, Republic Industries,  Inc., and 
               Michael S. Egan,  dated August 12, 1998, regarding  the conduct
               of automotive  clubsites on theglobe.com+

          11.1 Computation of Loss Per Share**

          23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


          23.2 Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
               (included in Exhibit 5.1)**

          24.1 Power of Attorney**


          27.1 Financial Data Schedule
     

          99.1 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts**
    


____________________________
*   To be filed by amendment.

**  Previously filed.  
+   Confidential Treatment requested.  




Item 17.  Undertakings

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) to provide to the  Underwriters  at the closing  specified  in the
Underwriting Agreements,  certificates in such denominations and registered
in such names as required by the  Underwriters  to permit prompt deliver to
each purchaser.

     (2) that insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the
Securities  Act of  1933  may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions
or otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public
policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933  and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in
the successful  defense of any action,  suit, or proceeding) is asserted by
such  director,  officer,  or  controlling  person in  connection  with the
securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
a  court  of   appropriate   jurisdiction   the   questions   whether  such
indemnification  by them is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the
Securities  Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final  adjudication  of
such issue.

     (3)  that  for  purposes  of  determining   any  liability  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  shall be
deemed  to be part of this  registration  statement  as of the  time it was
declared effective; and

     (4)  that  for  purposes  of  determining   any  liability  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form
of  prospectus  filed  shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement
relating  to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such
securities  at that  time  shall be  deemed  to be the  initial  bona  fide
offering thereof.

                                 SIGNATURES


   
     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Amendment  No. 2 to the
Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of New York, State of New York, on
the 15th day of September 1998.
    



                                             theglobe.com, inc.

                                             By:      /s/  Todd Krizelman
                                                  -----------------------
                                                        Todd Krizelman
                                                Co-Chief Executive Officer and
                                                   Co-President


                                             By:     /s/  Stephan Paternot
                                                  ------------------------
                                                       Stephan Paternot
                                                Co-Chief Executive Officer,
                                                   Co-President and Secretary





   
     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed
below  by the  following  persons  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  dates
indicated:


        Signature                      Title                      Date
        -----------                   --------                  -------

     Michael Egan*         Chairman                        September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

       Michael Egan

    /s/ Todd Krizelman     Co-Chief Executive Officer,     September 15, 1998
- -------------------------- Co-President and Director

      Todd Krizelman

   /s/ Stephan Paternot    Co-Chief Executive Officer,     September 15, 1998
- -------------------------- Co-President, Secretary and
                           Director
     Stephan Paternot

       Frank Joyce*        Vice President and Chief        September 15, 1998
- -------------------------- Financial Officer (Principal
                           Accounting Officer)
       Frank Joyce

      Edward Cespedes*     Director                        September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

     Edward Cespedes

       Rosalie Arthur*     Director                        September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

      Rosalie Arthur

      Robert Halperin*     Director                        September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

     Robert Halperin

       David H. Horowitz*     Director                     September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

      David H. Horowitz

      H. Wayne Huizenga*   Director                        September 15, 1998
- --------------------------

    H. Wayne Huizenga
- --------------------------
    

* By Attorney-in-Fact